1\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2@comment %**start of header
3@setfilename tar.info
4@include version.texi
5@settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6@setchapternewpage odd
7
8@finalout
9
10@smallbook
11@c %**end of header
12
13@c Maintenance notes:
14@c  1. Pay attention to @FIXME{}s and @UNREVISED{}s
15@c  2. Before creating final variant:
16@c    2.1. Run `make check-options' to make sure all options are properly
17@c         documented;
18@c    2.2. Run `make master-menu' (see comment before the master menu).
19
20@include rendition.texi
21@include value.texi
22
23@defcodeindex op
24
25@c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
26@syncodeindex fn cp
27@syncodeindex ky cp
28@syncodeindex pg cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
31@copying
32
33This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
34@value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
35from archives.
36
37Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
382003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
39
40@quotation
41Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
42under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
43any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
44Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
45and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.  A copy of the license
46is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
47
48(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
49this GNU Manual.  Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
50developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
51@end quotation
52@end copying
53
54@dircategory Archiving
55@direntry
56* Tar: (tar).                   Making tape (or disk) archives.
57@end direntry
58
59@dircategory Individual utilities
60@direntry
61* tar: (tar)tar invocation.                     Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
62@end direntry
63
64@shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
65
66@titlepage
67@title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
68@subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
69@author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
70
71@page
72@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
73@insertcopying
74@end titlepage
75
76@ifnottex
77@node Top
78@top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
79
80@insertcopying
81
82@cindex file archival
83@cindex archiving files
84
85The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
86document.  The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
87@end ifnottex
88
89@c The master menu goes here.
90@c
91@c NOTE: To update it from within Emacs, make sure mastermenu.el is
92@c loaded and run texinfo-master-menu.
93@c To update it from the command line, run
94@c
95@c    make master-menu
96
97@menu
98* Introduction::
99* Tutorial::
100* tar invocation::
101* operations::
102* Backups::
103* Choosing::
104* Date input formats::
105* Formats::
106* Media::
107
108Appendices
109
110* Changes::
111* Configuring Help Summary::
112* Tar Internals::
113* Genfile::
114* Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
115* Copying This Manual::
116* Index of Command Line Options::
117* Index::
118
119@detailmenu
120 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
121
122Introduction
123
124* Book Contents::               What this Book Contains
125* Definitions::                 Some Definitions
126* What tar Does::               What @command{tar} Does
127* Naming tar Archives::         How @command{tar} Archives are Named
128* Authors::                     @GNUTAR{} Authors
129* Reports::                     Reporting bugs or suggestions
130
131Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
132
133* assumptions::
134* stylistic conventions::
135* basic tar options::           Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
136* frequent operations::
137* Two Frequent Options::
138* create::                      How to Create Archives
139* list::                        How to List Archives
140* extract::                     How to Extract Members from an Archive
141* going further::
142
143Two Frequently Used Options
144
145* file tutorial::
146* verbose tutorial::
147* help tutorial::
148
149How to Create Archives
150
151* prepare for examples::
152* Creating the archive::
153* create verbose::
154* short create::
155* create dir::
156
157How to List Archives
158
159* list dir::
160
161How to Extract Members from an Archive
162
163* extracting archives::
164* extracting files::
165* extract dir::
166* extracting untrusted archives::
167* failing commands::
168
169Invoking @GNUTAR{}
170
171* Synopsis::
172* using tar options::
173* Styles::
174* All Options::
175* help::
176* defaults::
177* verbose::
178* interactive::
179
180The Three Option Styles
181
182* Long Options::                Long Option Style
183* Short Options::               Short Option Style
184* Old Options::                 Old Option Style
185* Mixing::                      Mixing Option Styles
186
187All @command{tar} Options
188
189* Operation Summary::
190* Option Summary::
191* Short Option Summary::
192
193@GNUTAR{} Operations
194
195* Basic tar::
196* Advanced tar::
197* create options::
198* extract options::
199* backup::
200* Applications::
201* looking ahead::
202
203Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
204
205* Operations::
206* append::
207* update::
208* concatenate::
209* delete::
210* compare::
211
212How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
213
214* appending files::             Appending Files to an Archive
215* multiple::
216
217Updating an Archive
218
219* how to update::
220
221Options Used by @option{--create}
222
223* override::                  Overriding File Metadata.
224* Ignore Failed Read::
225
226Options Used by @option{--extract}
227
228* Reading::                     Options to Help Read Archives
229* Writing::                     Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
230* Scarce::                      Coping with Scarce Resources
231
232Options to Help Read Archives
233
234* read full records::
235* Ignore Zeros::
236
237Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
238
239* Dealing with Old Files::
240* Overwrite Old Files::
241* Keep Old Files::
242* Keep Newer Files::
243* Unlink First::
244* Recursive Unlink::
245* Data Modification Times::
246* Setting Access Permissions::
247* Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
248* Writing to Standard Output::
249* Writing to an External Program::
250* remove files::
251
252Coping with Scarce Resources
253
254* Starting File::
255* Same Order::
256
257Performing Backups and Restoring Files
258
259* Full Dumps::                  Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
260* Incremental Dumps::           Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
261* Backup Levels::               Levels of Backups
262* Backup Parameters::           Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
263* Scripted Backups::            Using the Backup Scripts
264* Scripted Restoration::        Using the Restore Script
265
266Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
267
268* General-Purpose Variables::
269* Magnetic Tape Control::
270* User Hooks::
271* backup-specs example::        An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
272
273Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
274
275* file::                        Choosing the Archive's Name
276* Selecting Archive Members::
277* files::                       Reading Names from a File
278* exclude::                     Excluding Some Files
279* wildcards::                   Wildcards Patterns and Matching
280* quoting styles::              Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
281* transform::                   Modifying File and Member Names
282* after::                       Operating Only on New Files
283* recurse::                     Descending into Directories
284* one::                         Crossing File System Boundaries
285
286Reading Names from a File
287
288* nul::
289
290Excluding Some Files
291
292* problems with exclude::
293
294Wildcards Patterns and Matching
295
296* controlling pattern-matching::
297
298Crossing File System Boundaries
299
300* directory::                   Changing Directory
301* absolute::                    Absolute File Names
302
303Date input formats
304
305* General date syntax::            Common rules.
306* Calendar date items::            19 Dec 1994.
307* Time of day items::              9:20pm.
308* Time zone items::                @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}.
309* Day of week items::              Monday and others.
310* Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
311* Pure numbers in date strings::   19931219, 1440.
312* Seconds since the Epoch::        @@1078100502.
313* Specifying time zone rules::     TZ="America/New_York", TZ="UTC0".
314* Authors of get_date::            Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
315
316Controlling the Archive Format
317
318* Portability::                 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
319* Compression::                 Using Less Space through Compression
320* Attributes::                  Handling File Attributes
321* cpio::                        Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
322
323Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
324
325* Portable Names::              Portable Names
326* dereference::                 Symbolic Links
327* old::                         Old V7 Archives
328* ustar::                       Ustar Archives
329* gnu::                         GNU and old GNU format archives.
330* posix::                       @acronym{POSIX} archives
331* Checksumming::                Checksumming Problems
332* Large or Negative Values::    Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
333* Other Tars::                  How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
334                                Other @command{tar} Implementations
335
336@GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
337
338* PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
339
340How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
341
342* Split Recovery::       Members Split Between Volumes
343* Sparse Recovery::      Sparse Members
344
345Using Less Space through Compression
346
347* gzip::                        Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
348* sparse::                      Archiving Sparse Files
349
350Tapes and Other Archive Media
351
352* Device::                      Device selection and switching
353* Remote Tape Server::
354* Common Problems and Solutions::
355* Blocking::                    Blocking
356* Many::                        Many archives on one tape
357* Using Multiple Tapes::        Using Multiple Tapes
358* label::                       Including a Label in the Archive
359* verify::
360* Write Protection::
361
362Blocking
363
364* Format Variations::           Format Variations
365* Blocking Factor::             The Blocking Factor of an Archive
366
367Many Archives on One Tape
368
369* Tape Positioning::            Tape Positions and Tape Marks
370* mt::                          The @command{mt} Utility
371
372Using Multiple Tapes
373
374* Multi-Volume Archives::       Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
375* Tape Files::                  Tape Files
376* Tarcat::                      Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
377
378
379Tar Internals
380
381* Standard::           Basic Tar Format
382* Extensions::         @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
383* Sparse Formats::     Storing Sparse Files
384* Snapshot Files::
385* Dumpdir::
386
387Storing Sparse Files
388
389* Old GNU Format::
390* PAX 0::                PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
391* PAX 1::                PAX Format, Version 1.0
392
393Genfile
394
395* Generate Mode::     File Generation Mode.
396* Status Mode::       File Status Mode.
397* Exec Mode::         Synchronous Execution mode.
398
399Copying This Manual
400
401* GNU Free Documentation License::  License for copying this manual
402
403@end detailmenu
404@end menu
405
406@node Introduction
407@chapter Introduction
408
409@GNUTAR{} creates
410and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
411many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
412systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
413The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
414archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
415
416@menu
417* Book Contents::               What this Book Contains
418* Definitions::                 Some Definitions
419* What tar Does::               What @command{tar} Does
420* Naming tar Archives::         How @command{tar} Archives are Named
421* Authors::                     @GNUTAR{} Authors
422* Reports::                     Reporting bugs or suggestions
423@end menu
424
425@node Book Contents
426@section What this Book Contains
427
428The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
429recur throughout the book.  It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
430and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
431or comments.
432
433The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
434gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}.  It is
435meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
436chapters to make sense.  It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
437progressive order, building on information already explained.
438
439Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
440learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
441The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
442operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
443two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}).  The other
444chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
445discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
446may be a cross reference to that basic concept.  (The entire book,
447including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
448concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
449
450The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
451information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
452
453@FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
454than the reality.  should think about whether this makes sense to say
455here, or not.}  The other chapters are meant to be used as a
456reference.  Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
457about a specific topic.
458
459One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
460entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
461In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
462big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
463
464In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
465at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
466that novice readers will become familiar with both styles.  (A few
467options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
468indicate this.)
469
470@node Definitions
471@section Some Definitions
472
473@cindex archive
474@cindex tar archive
475The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
476archives.  An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
477of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
478owner(s), and so forth.  (In addition, archives record access
479permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
480Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
481well as other file and directory information.)  You can use @command{tar}
482to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
483
484@cindex member
485@cindex archive member
486@cindex file name
487@cindex member name
488The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}.  Within this
489manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
490the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
491@dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive.  Similarly, a
492@dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
493and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
494archive.
495
496@cindex extraction
497@cindex unpacking
498The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
499member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system.  Extracting
500all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
501archive}.  The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
502extraction of many or all the members of an archive.  Extracting an
503archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
504archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
505the archive.  You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
506(this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
507or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
508All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
509
510@node What tar Does
511@section What @command{tar} Does
512
513@cindex tar
514The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
515archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation.  For example,
516you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
517to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
518stored.
519
520Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
521magnetic tape.  The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
522@code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver.  Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
523direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
524pipes).  @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
525
526You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways.  We want to stress a few
527of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
528
529@FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work.}
530@table @asis
531@item Storage
532Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
533convenient file transfer over a network.  For example, the
534@acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
535@command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
536program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
537unit.
538
539A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence.  However, the tape
540has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
541the tape.  One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
542names is by creating a @command{tar} archive.  Even when the basic transfer
543mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
544multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
545archives useful.
546
547Archive files are also used for long-term storage.  You can think of
548this as transportation from the present into the future.  (It is a
549science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
550space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
551all dimensions, even time!)
552
553@item Backup
554Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
555file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
556used for performing full and incremental backups of disks.  A backup
557puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
558projects) together on a disk or a tape.  This guards against
559accidental destruction of the information in those files.
560@GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
561used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
562file system.
563
564@item Transportation
565You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
566and extract the contents there.  This allows you to transport a group of
567files from one system to another.
568@end table
569
570@node Naming tar Archives
571@section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
572
573Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
574@samp{.tar}.  This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
575but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
576it and to make examples more clear.
577
578@cindex tar file
579@cindex entry
580@cindex tar entry
581Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
582archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''.  For people familiar with
583the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty.  However, in
584this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
585members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
586
587@node Authors
588@section @GNUTAR{} Authors
589
590@GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
591and modified by many people.  The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
592written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
593been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
594Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
595numerous and kind users.
596
597We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
598all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
599insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions.  An impressive, yet
600partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
601file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
602
603@FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely.  BUT, i'm not
604sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
605the printed book.  i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
606i'll think about it.}
607
608@FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
609actual names.  Quoting names without history would be meaningless.  FP}
610
611Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
612manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
613This was withdrawn in version 1.11.  Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
614Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
615Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
616taking information from all these sources and merging them.  Melissa
617Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
6181.12.  The book for versions from 1.14 up to @value{VERSION} were edited
619by the current maintainer, Sergey Poznyakoff.
620
621For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
622consulting.  In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
623
624In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
625(see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
626active development and maintenance work has started
627again.  Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
628Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
629
630Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
631
632@node Reports
633@section Reporting bugs or suggestions
634
635@cindex bug reports
636@cindex reporting bugs
637If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
638please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
639
640When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
641possible, in order to reproduce it.  @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
642like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
643manual}.
644
645@node Tutorial
646@chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
647
648This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
649operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}.  If
650you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
651may not need to read this chapter.  This chapter omits most complicated
652details about how @command{tar} works.
653
654@menu
655* assumptions::
656* stylistic conventions::
657* basic tar options::           Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
658* frequent operations::
659* Two Frequent Options::
660* create::                      How to Create Archives
661* list::                        How to List Archives
662* extract::                     How to Extract Members from an Archive
663* going further::
664@end menu
665
666@node assumptions
667@section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
668
669This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
670slowly.  At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
671these three operations.  In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
672have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
673manual, and the hardware you will be using:
674
675@itemize @bullet
676@item
677Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
678what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
679(@pxref{Definitions}).  In addition, you should understand something
680about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
681use some basic utilities.  For example, you should know how to create,
682list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
683change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
684file system.  You should have some basic understanding of directory
685structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
686in.  You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
687input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
688differences between relative and absolute file names.  @FIXME{and what
689else?}
690
691@item
692This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
693(unless we state otherwise).  In this tutorial, you will create a
694directory to practice @command{tar} commands in.  When we show file names,
695we will assume that those names are relative to your home directory.
696For example, my home directory is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}.  All of
697my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that file
698name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
699
700@item
701In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
702written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk.  In most
703cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
704device, such as a tape drive.  However, some of the later examples in
705the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
706Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
707with hard disks.  For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
708with tape drives.  @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
709@command{tar} archives with tape drives.
710
711@FIXME{this is a cop out.  need to add some simple tape drive info.}
712@end itemize
713
714@node stylistic conventions
715@section Stylistic Conventions
716
717In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt.  It
718precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
719shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
720computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
721sometimes @samp{like this}.
722
723@c When we have lines which are too long to be
724@c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
725
726@node basic tar options
727@section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
728
729@command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
730the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
731The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
732operations, and options.
733
734Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
735these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
736you may @emph{not} specify more than one.  People sometimes speak of
737@dfn{operating modes}.  You are in a particular operating mode when you
738have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
739operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
740
741The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}.  You are
742not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
743than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
744that time).  Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
745helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
746``required''.  We will discuss them in this chapter.
747
748You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
749of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style.  Some
750of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
751the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
752corresponding abbreviations.  @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
753at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
754you used to seeing them.  (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
755exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
756@command{tar}.  In this book we present a full discussion of this way
757of writing options and operations (@pxref{Old Options}), and we discuss
758the other two styles of writing options (@xref{Long Options}, and
759@pxref{Short Options}).
760
761In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
762long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
763the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
764For example, instead of typing
765
766@smallexample
767@kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
768@end smallexample
769
770@noindent
771you can type
772@smallexample
773@kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
774@end smallexample
775
776@noindent
777or even
778@smallexample
779@kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
780@end smallexample
781
782@noindent
783For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}.  In
784discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
785also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
786
787The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
788are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
789general class statements.  For example, we just talked about ``short and
790long forms of options and operations''.  However, experienced @command{tar}
791users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
792options''.  This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
793Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
794
795Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
796two different ways.  People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
797A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
798which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
799and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc.).  However,
800you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''.  When
801the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
802referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
803Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
804intends.
805
806@node frequent operations
807@section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
808
809Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
810forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings.  The rest of
811this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail.  We will
812present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
813
814@table @option
815@item --create
816@itemx -c
817Create a new @command{tar} archive.
818@item --list
819@itemx -t
820List the contents of an archive.
821@item --extract
822@itemx -x
823Extract one or more members from an archive.
824@end table
825
826@node Two Frequent Options
827@section Two Frequently Used Options
828
829To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
830previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
831@command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
832and @option{--verbose}.  (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
833either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
834useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
835
836@menu
837* file tutorial::
838* verbose tutorial::
839* help tutorial::
840@end menu
841
842@node file tutorial
843@unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
844
845@table @option
846@xopindex{file, tutorial}
847@item --file=@var{archive-name}
848@itemx -f @var{archive-name}
849Specify the name of an archive file.
850@end table
851
852You can specify an argument for the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option whenever you
853use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
854that @command{tar} will work on.
855
856@vrindex TAPE
857If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will examine
858the environment variable @env{TAPE}.  If it is set, its value will be
859used as the archive name.  Otherwise, @command{tar} will use the
860default archive, determined at the compile time. Usually it is
861standard output or some physical tape drive attached to your machine
862(you can verify what the default is by running @kbd{tar
863--show-defaults}, @pxref{defaults}).  If there is no tape drive
864attached, or the default is not meaningful, then @command{tar} will
865print an error message.  The error message might look roughly like one
866of the following:
867
868@smallexample
869tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
870tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
871@end smallexample
872
873@noindent
874To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
875name by using @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) when writing your @command{tar} commands.
876For more information on using the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option, see
877@ref{file}.
878
879@node verbose tutorial
880@unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
881
882@table @option
883@xopindex{verbose, introduced}
884@item --verbose
885@itemx -v
886Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
887@end table
888
889@option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) shows details about the results of running
890@command{tar}.  This can be especially useful when the results might not be
891obvious.  For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
892it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
893option.  In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
894@option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
895@command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
896others.  We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
897clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
898@option{--verbose} to show the differences.
899
900Each instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line increases the
901verbosity level by one, so if you need more details on the output,
902specify it twice.
903
904When reading archives (@option{--list}, @option{--extract},
905@option{--diff}), @command{tar} by default prints only the names of
906the members being extracted.  Using @option{--verbose} will show a full,
907@command{ls} style member listing.
908
909In contrast, when writing archives (@option{--create}, @option{--append},
910@option{--update}), @command{tar} does not print file names by
911default.  So, a single @option{--verbose} option shows the file names
912being added to the archive, while two @option{--verbose} options
913enable the full listing.
914
915For example, to create an archive in verbose mode:
916
917@smallexample
918$ @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
919apple
920angst
921aspic
922@end smallexample
923
924@noindent
925Creating the same archive with the verbosity level 2 could give:
926
927@smallexample
928$ @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
929-rw-r--r-- gray/staff    62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
930-rw-r--r-- gray/staff    11481 2006-06-09 12:06 angst
931-rw-r--r-- gray/staff    23152 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic
932@end smallexample
933
934@noindent
935This works equally well using short or long forms of options.  Using
936long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
937twice, like this:
938
939@smallexample
940$ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
941@end smallexample
942
943@noindent
944Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
945
946Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
947--verbose}}.
948
949@anchor{verbose member listing}
950The full output consists of six fields:
951
952@itemize @bullet
953@item File type and permissions in symbolic form.
954These are displayed in the same format as the first column of
955@command{ls -l} output (@pxref{What information is listed,
956format=verbose, Verbose listing, fileutils, GNU file utilities}).
957
958@item Owner name and group separated by a slash character.
959If these data are not available (for example, when listing a @samp{v7} format
960archive), numeric @acronym{ID} values are printed instead.
961
962@item Size of the file, in bytes.
963
964@item File modification date in ISO 8601 format.
965
966@item File modification time.
967
968@item File name.
969If the name contains any special characters (white space, newlines,
970etc.) these are displayed in an unambiguous form using so called
971@dfn{quoting style}.  For the detailed discussion of available styles
972and on how to use them, see @ref{quoting styles}.
973
974Depending on the file type, the name can be followed by some
975additional information, described in the following table:
976
977@table @samp
978@item -> @var{link-name}
979The file or archive member is a @dfn{symbolic link} and
980@var{link-name} is the name of file it links to.
981
982@item link to @var{link-name}
983The file or archive member is a @dfn{hard link} and @var{link-name} is
984the name of file it links to.
985
986@item --Long Link--
987The archive member is an old GNU format long link.  You will normally
988not encounter this.
989
990@item --Long Name--
991The archive member is an old GNU format long name.  You will normally
992not encounter this.
993
994@item --Volume Header--
995The archive member is a GNU @dfn{volume header} (@pxref{Tape Files}).
996
997@item --Continued at byte @var{n}--
998Encountered only at the beginning of a multi-volume archive
999(@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).  This archive member is a continuation
1000from the previous volume. The number @var{n} gives the offset where
1001the original file was split.
1002
1003@item  unknown file type @var{c}
1004An archive member of unknown type. @var{c} is the type character from
1005the archive header.  If you encounter such a message, it means that
1006either your archive contains proprietary member types @GNUTAR{} is not
1007able to handle, or the archive is corrupted.
1008@end table
1009
1010@end itemize
1011
1012For example, here is an archive listing containing most of the special
1013suffixes explained above:
1014
1015@smallexample
1016@group
1017V--------- 0/0          1536 2006-06-09 13:07 MyVolume--Volume Header--
1018-rw-r--r-- gray/staff 456783 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic--Continued at
1019byte 32456--
1020-rw-r--r-- gray/staff  62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
1021lrwxrwxrwx gray/staff      0 2006-06-09 13:01 angst -> apple
1022-rw-r--r-- gray/staff  35793 2006-06-09 12:06 blues
1023hrw-r--r-- gray/staff      0 2006-06-09 12:06 music link to blues
1024@end group
1025@end smallexample
1026
1027@smallexample
1028@end smallexample
1029
1030@node help tutorial
1031@unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
1032
1033@table @option
1034@opindex help
1035@item --help
1036
1037The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1038all operations and option available for the current version of
1039@command{tar} available on your system.
1040@end table
1041
1042@node create
1043@section How to Create Archives
1044@UNREVISED
1045
1046@cindex Creation of the archive
1047@cindex Archive, creation of
1048One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @option{--create} (@option{-c}), which
1049you use to create a @command{tar} archive.  We will explain
1050@option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1051operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1052practice on.
1053
1054To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1055containing three files.  Then, we will show you how to create an
1056@emph{archive} (inside the new directory).  Both the directory, and
1057the archive are specifically for you to practice on.  The rest of this
1058chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1059directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1060other directories and other archives.
1061
1062The three files you will archive in this example are called
1063@file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}.  The archive is called
1064@file{collection.tar}.
1065
1066This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
1067in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1068forms.  In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1069chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace.  This section
1070moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1071@command{tar} works.
1072
1073@menu
1074* prepare for examples::
1075* Creating the archive::
1076* create verbose::
1077* short create::
1078* create dir::
1079@end menu
1080
1081@node prepare for examples
1082@subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1083
1084To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1085called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1086and @file{jazz}.  The files can contain any information you like:
1087ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1088and be of different lengths.  Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1089is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1090
1091Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1092is now your @dfn{working directory}.  (@emph{Please note}: Although
1093the full file name of this directory is
1094@file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1095this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1096
1097In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1098you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1099Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1100that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1101
1102It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1103working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1104@samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1105Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1106contents of the file named by @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) if it exists.  @command{tar}
1107will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1108specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
1109information on how to do so).  To add files to an existing archive,
1110you need to use a different option, such as @option{--append} (@option{-r}); see
1111@ref{append} for information on how to do this.
1112
1113@node Creating the archive
1114@subsection Creating the Archive
1115
1116@xopindex{create, introduced}
1117To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1118archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1119
1120@smallexample
1121$ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1122@end smallexample
1123
1124The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1125option forms}.  You could also say:
1126
1127@smallexample
1128$ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1129@end smallexample
1130
1131@noindent
1132However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1133why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1134easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1135@command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1136
1137Note that the sequence
1138@option{--file=@-collection.tar} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1139If you substituted any other string of characters for
1140@kbd{collection.tar},  then that string would become the name of the
1141archive file you create.
1142
1143The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1144short forms.  With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1145(even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1146results you don't expect.  For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1147into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1148@xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1149
1150In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1151is the operation which creates the new archive
1152(@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1153you give it the name you chose.  The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1154and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1155(they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation.
1156@xref{Choosing}, for the detailed discussion on these.) Now that they are
1157in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1158(@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1159
1160When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1161want placed in the archive.  If you do not specify any archive
1162members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1163
1164If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1165find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1166
1167@smallexample
1168blues   folk   jazz   collection.tar
1169@end smallexample
1170
1171@noindent
1172Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1173the files in the directory.
1174
1175Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1176run and will prompt you for one.  If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1177will complain.  You must have write access to the working directory,
1178or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1179
1180@emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to add files to
1181an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1182Use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) instead.  @xref{append}.
1183
1184@node create verbose
1185@subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1186
1187@xopindex{create, using with @option{--verbose}}
1188@xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--create}}
1189If you include the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option on the command line,
1190@command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working.  In
1191verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1192
1193@smallexample
1194$ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1195blues
1196folk
1197jazz
1198@end smallexample
1199
1200This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1201@option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1202@iftex
1203(note the different font styles).
1204@end iftex
1205@ifinfo
1206.
1207@end ifinfo
1208
1209In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1210@code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1211you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1212understand.
1213
1214@node short create
1215@subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1216
1217As we said before, the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) operation is one of the most
1218basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1219Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1220forms of options.  A full discussion of the three different forms that
1221options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1222previous example (including the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option) looks like
1223using short option forms:
1224
1225@smallexample
1226$ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1227blues
1228folk
1229jazz
1230@end smallexample
1231
1232@noindent
1233As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1234long or short option forms.
1235
1236@FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1237short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1238arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1239it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1240forms.  For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1241following way:
1242
1243@smallexample
1244$ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1245@end smallexample
1246
1247@noindent
1248In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1249containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1250the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1251is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name.  @command{tar} will try
1252to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1253if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1254report an error indicating that this file does not exist.  If the file
1255@file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1256you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1257Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1258run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1259
1260The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1261and possibly overwrite a file.  To illustrate this further, we will show
1262you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1263
1264This example,
1265
1266@smallexample
1267$ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1268@end smallexample
1269
1270@noindent
1271is confusing as it is.  When shown using short forms, however, it
1272becomes much more so:
1273
1274@smallexample
1275$ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1276@end smallexample
1277
1278@noindent
1279It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1280immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1281valuable data.
1282
1283For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1284the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1285especially when using short option forms.  Not having the option name
1286written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1287does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1288
1289@node create dir
1290@subsection Archiving Directories
1291
1292@cindex Archiving Directories
1293@cindex Directories, Archiving
1294You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1295file name argument to @command{tar}.  The files in the directory will be
1296archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1297re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1298
1299To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory.  If you
1300have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1301type:
1302
1303@smallexample
1304$ @kbd{cd ..}
1305$
1306@end smallexample
1307
1308@noindent
1309This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1310i.e., your home directory.  Once in the superior directory, you can
1311specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument.  To
1312store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1313
1314@smallexample
1315$ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1316@end smallexample
1317
1318@noindent
1319@command{tar} should output:
1320
1321@smallexample
1322practice/
1323practice/blues
1324practice/folk
1325practice/jazz
1326practice/collection.tar
1327@end smallexample
1328
1329Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1330@file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1331directory from which @command{tar} was invoked.  Before trying to archive a
1332directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1333write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1334you are trying archive with @command{tar}.  For example, you will probably
1335not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1336@command{tar} from the root directory; @xref{absolute}.  (Note
1337also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1338been archived.  @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1339archived, regardless of its content.  When @file{music.tar} is
1340extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1341into the file system).
1342
1343If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1344
1345@smallexample
1346$ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1347@end smallexample
1348
1349@noindent
1350@command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1351dumped}.  This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1352@file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1353it.  Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1354directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1355@file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1356it.  (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.)  @GNUTAR{}
1357will continue in this case, and create the archive
1358normally, except for the exclusion of that one file.  (@emph{Please
1359note:} Other implementations of @command{tar} may not be so clever;
1360they will enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not
1361depend on this behavior unless you are certain you are running
1362@GNUTAR{}.  In general, it is wise to always place the archive outside
1363of the directory being dumped.
1364
1365@node list
1366@section How to List Archives
1367
1368@opindex list
1369Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1370particular archive contains.  You can use the @option{--list}
1371(@option{-t}) operation to get the member names as they currently
1372appear in the archive, as well as various attributes of the files at
1373the time they were archived.  For example, you can examine the archive
1374@file{collection.tar} that you created in the last section with the
1375command,
1376
1377@smallexample
1378$ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1379@end smallexample
1380
1381@noindent
1382The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1383
1384@smallexample
1385blues
1386folk
1387jazz
1388@end smallexample
1389
1390@noindent
1391The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1392
1393@smallexample
1394./birds
1395baboon
1396./box
1397@end smallexample
1398
1399@noindent
1400Be sure to use a @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f
1401@var{archive-name}}) option just as with @option{--create}
1402(@option{-c}) to specify the name of the archive.
1403
1404@xopindex{list, using with @option{--verbose}}
1405@xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--list}}
1406If you use the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option with
1407@option{--list}, then @command{tar} will print out a listing
1408reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}}, showing owner, file size, and so
1409forth.  This output is described in detail in @ref{verbose member listing}.
1410
1411If you had used @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) mode, the example
1412above would look like:
1413
1414@smallexample
1415$ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1416-rw-r--r-- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1417@end smallexample
1418
1419@cindex listing member and file names
1420@anchor{listing member and file names}
1421It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1422--verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1423--create --verbose} while creating the archive.  It is because
1424@GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1425prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1426(@xref{absolute}, for more information).  In other
1427words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1428an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it.  Consider this
1429example:
1430
1431@smallexample
1432@group
1433$ @kbd{tar cfv archive /etc/mail}
1434tar: Removing leading `/' from member names
1435/etc/mail/
1436/etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1437/etc/mail/aliases
1438$ @kbd{tar tf archive}
1439etc/mail/
1440etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1441etc/mail/aliases
1442@end group
1443@end smallexample
1444
1445@opindex show-stored-names
1446  This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient.  You can force
1447@GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1448@option{--show-stored-names} option.
1449
1450@table @option
1451@item --show-stored-names
1452Print member (as opposed to @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1453@end table
1454
1455@cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1456@xopindex{list, using with file name arguments}
1457You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1458using @samp{list}.  In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1459names of members you identify.  For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1460--file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1461
1462Because @command{tar} preserves file names, these must be specified as
1463they appear in the archive (i.e., relative to the directory from which
1464the archive was created).  Therefore, it is essential when specifying
1465member names to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names.
1466For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar birds}} would produce an
1467error message something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive},
1468because there is no member named @file{birds}, only one named
1469@file{./birds}.  While the names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name
1470the same file, @emph{member} names by default are compared verbatim.
1471
1472However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar baboon}} would respond
1473with @file{baboon}, because this exact member name is in the archive file
1474@file{bfiles.tar}.  If you are not sure of the exact file name,
1475use @dfn{globbing patterns}, for example:
1476
1477@smallexample
1478$ @kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar --wildcards '*b*'}
1479@end smallexample
1480
1481@noindent
1482will list all members whose name contains @samp{b}.  @xref{wildcards},
1483for a detailed discussion of globbing patterns and related
1484@command{tar} command line options.
1485
1486@menu
1487* list dir::
1488@end menu
1489
1490@node list dir
1491@unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1492
1493To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1494use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1495@option{--list} (@option{-t}).  To find out file attributes, include the
1496@option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option.
1497
1498For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1499the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1500
1501@smallexample
1502$ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1503@end smallexample
1504
1505@command{tar} responds:
1506
1507@smallexample
1508drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1509-rw-r--r-- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1510-rw-r--r-- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1511-rw-r--r-- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1512-rw-r--r-- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1513@end smallexample
1514
1515When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1516all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1517
1518@node extract
1519@section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1520@UNREVISED
1521@cindex Extraction
1522@cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1523@cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1524
1525@opindex extract
1526Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1527files in an archive if you can't retrieve them.  The act of retrieving
1528members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1529unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}.  To extract files
1530from an archive, use the @option{--extract} (@option{--get} or
1531@option{-x}) operation.  As with @option{--create}, specify the name
1532of the archive with @option{--file} (@option{-f}) option. Extracting
1533an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can extract it
1534multiple times if you want or need to.
1535
1536Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1537files.  The files can be directories containing other files, or not.  As
1538with @option{--create} (@option{-c}) and @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you may use the short or the
1539long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1540
1541@menu
1542* extracting archives::
1543* extracting files::
1544* extract dir::
1545* extracting untrusted archives::
1546* failing commands::
1547@end menu
1548
1549@node extracting archives
1550@subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1551
1552To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1553no individual file names as arguments.  For example,
1554
1555@smallexample
1556$ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1557@end smallexample
1558
1559@noindent
1560produces this:
1561
1562@smallexample
1563-rw-r--r-- me user     28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1564-rw-r--r-- me user     21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1565-rw-r--r-- me user     20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1566@end smallexample
1567
1568@node extracting files
1569@subsection Extracting Specific Files
1570
1571To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1572arguments, as printed by @option{--list} (@option{-t}).  If you had
1573mistakenly deleted one of the files you had placed in the archive
1574@file{collection.tar} earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it
1575from the archive without changing the archive's structure.  Its
1576contents will be identical to the original file @file{blues} that you
1577deleted.
1578
1579First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1580files in the directory.  Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1581the files in the directory again.
1582
1583You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1584@file{collection.tar} like this:
1585
1586@smallexample
1587$ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1588@end smallexample
1589
1590@noindent
1591If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1592@file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data
1593modification times, and owner.@footnote{This is only accidentally
1594true, but not in general.  Whereas modification times are always
1595restored, in most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner,
1596and use a special option for restoring permissions.  Here, it just
1597happens that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived
1598members, and that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original
1599permissions.}  (These parameters will be identical to those which
1600the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1601you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1602however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.)  The
1603archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1604extracted @samp{blues}.  You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1605@option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1606
1607Remember that as with other operations, specifying the exact member
1608name is important.  @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar birds}}
1609will fail, because there is no member named @file{birds}.  To extract
1610the member named @file{./birds}, you must specify @w{@kbd{tar
1611--extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}.  If you don't remember the
1612exact member names, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option
1613(@pxref{list}).  You can also extract those members that match a
1614specific @dfn{globbing pattern}.  For example, to extract from
1615@file{bfiles.tar} all files that begin with @samp{b}, no matter their
1616directory prefix, you could type:
1617
1618@smallexample
1619$ @kbd{tar -x -f bfiles.tar --wildcards --no-anchored 'b*'}
1620@end smallexample
1621
1622@noindent
1623Here, @option{--wildcards} instructs @command{tar} to treat
1624command line arguments as globbing patterns and @option{--no-anchored}
1625informs it that the patterns apply to member names after any @samp{/}
1626delimiter.  The use of globbing patterns is discussed in detail in
1627@xref{wildcards}.
1628
1629You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1630with the @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1631Output}).
1632
1633If you give the @option{--verbose} option, then @option{--extract}
1634will print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1635
1636@node extract dir
1637@subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1638
1639Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1640extracting other files.  The main difference to be aware of is that if
1641the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1642the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1643placed into the directory of the same name.  Likewise, if there are
1644files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1645which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1646the files already in the working directory (and possible
1647subdirectories).  This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1648files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1649(there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1650@pxref{Writing}).
1651
1652However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1653name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1654the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1655
1656We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1657file with an example.  Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1658weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}.  Then,
1659go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1660@file{music.tar}.  You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1661extract only the files you just deleted.  To extract the entire archive,
1662don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1663@file{music.tar}.  To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1664following command:
1665
1666@smallexample
1667$ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1668practice/folk
1669practice/jazz
1670@end smallexample
1671
1672@noindent
1673If you were to specify two @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) options, @command{tar}
1674would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1675in the example below:
1676
1677@smallexample
1678$ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1679-rw-r--r-- me user     28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1680-rw-r--r-- me user     20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1681@end smallexample
1682
1683@noindent
1684Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1685file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1686directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1687of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1688
1689@node extracting untrusted archives
1690@subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1691
1692Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1693If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1694new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1695to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1696For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1697Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1698extract it as follows:
1699
1700@smallexample
1701$ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1702$ @kbd{cd newdir}
1703$ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1704@end smallexample
1705
1706It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1707before extracting it, using @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option, possibly combined
1708with @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}).
1709
1710@node failing commands
1711@subsection Commands That Will Fail
1712
1713Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1714they won't work.
1715
1716If you try to use this command,
1717
1718@smallexample
1719$ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1720@end smallexample
1721
1722@noindent
1723you will get the following response:
1724
1725@smallexample
1726tar: folk: Not found in archive
1727tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1728$
1729@end smallexample
1730
1731@noindent
1732This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1733directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1734@file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1735
1736@smallexample
1737$ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1738practice/folk
1739practice/jazz
1740practice/rock
1741@end smallexample
1742
1743@FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1744order...}
1745
1746@noindent
1747Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1748
1749@smallexample
1750$ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1751@end smallexample
1752
1753@noindent
1754you would get a similar response.  Members with those names are not in the
1755archive.  You must use the correct member names, or wildcards, in order
1756to extract the files from the archive.
1757
1758If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1759use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1760
1761@FIXME{more examples, here?  hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1762
1763@node going further
1764@section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1765
1766@FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1767be in the rest of the manual.}
1768
1769@node tar invocation
1770@chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1771@UNREVISED
1772
1773This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1774command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}).  There are
1775numerous options, and many styles for writing them.  One mandatory
1776option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1777(@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1778this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1779Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1780depending on what the operation is.
1781
1782You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1783writing them (@pxref{Styles}).  On the other hand, operations and options
1784are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters.  Here, you will find
1785only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1786pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1787
1788Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1789chapter.  They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1790@command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1791receives about what is going on.  These are the @option{--help} and
1792@option{--version} (@pxref{help}), @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1793and @option{--interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1794
1795@menu
1796* Synopsis::
1797* using tar options::
1798* Styles::
1799* All Options::
1800* help::
1801* defaults::
1802* verbose::
1803* interactive::
1804@end menu
1805
1806@node Synopsis
1807@section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1808
1809The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1810
1811@smallexample
1812@kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1813@kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1814@end smallexample
1815
1816The second form is for when old options are being used.
1817
1818You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1819an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation.  The primary
1820argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1821which action to take.  The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1822@dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1823or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1824@command{tar} is to act on.
1825
1826You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1827the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1828to understand.  Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1829(the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1830
1831Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1832name when the main command is one of @option{--compare}
1833(@option{--diff}, @option{-d}), @option{--delete}, @option{--extract}
1834(@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
1835@option{--update} (@option{-u}).  When naming archive members, you
1836must give the exact name of the member in the archive, as it is
1837printed by @option{--list}.  For @option{--append} (@option{-r}) and
1838@option{--create} (@option{-c}), these @var{name} arguments specify
1839the names of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1840These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1841prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1842
1843@command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1844working directory.  @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1845(by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1846unless you specify otherwise (using the @option{--absolute-names}
1847option).  @xref{absolute}, for more information about
1848@option{--absolute-names}.
1849
1850If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1851name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1852beneath that directory.  For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1853the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1854
1855The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1856important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1857for newcomers.  @xref{wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1858The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1859file system.  Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1860needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1861being interpreted by the shell first.  Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1862or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1863sufficient for this.
1864
1865Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1866can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1867@option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option.
1868
1869If you don't use any file name arguments, @option{--append} (@option{-r}),
1870@option{--delete} and @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate},
1871@option{-A}) will do nothing, while @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1872will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar} execution.
1873The other operations of @command{tar} (@option{--list},
1874@option{--extract}, @option{--compare}, and @option{--update})
1875will act on the entire contents of the archive.
1876
1877@cindex exit status
1878@cindex return status
1879Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1880many reasons.  Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1881@command{tar} command is improperly written.  Errors may be
1882encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
1883or the files.  Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
1884is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work.  Some
1885errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
1886continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
1887All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
1888clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
1889the error.
1890
1891Possible exit codes of @GNUTAR{} are summarized in the following
1892table:
1893
1894@table @asis
1895@item 0
1896@samp{Successful termination}.
1897
1898@item 1
1899@samp{Some files differ}.  If tar was invoked with @option{--compare}
1900(@option{--diff}, @option{-d}) command line option, this means that
1901some files in the archive differ from their disk counterparts
1902(@pxref{compare}).  If tar was given @option{--create},
1903@option{--append} or @option{--update} option, this exit code means
1904that some files were changed while being archived and so the resulting
1905archive does not contain the exact copy of the file set.
1906
1907@item 2
1908@samp{Fatal error}.  This means that some fatal, unrecoverable error
1909occurred.
1910@end table
1911
1912If @command{tar} has invoked a subprocess and that subprocess exited with a
1913nonzero exit code, @command{tar} exits with that code as well.
1914This can happen, for example, if @command{tar} was given some
1915compression option (@pxref{gzip}) and the external compressor program
1916failed.  Another example is @command{rmt} failure during backup to the
1917remote device (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
1918
1919@node using tar options
1920@section Using @command{tar} Options
1921
1922@GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1923allow you to perform a variety of tasks.  You are required to choose
1924one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1925specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1926@command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
1927at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}).  Depending on
1928circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1929mode behaves.  For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1930looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1931you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1932
1933You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1934@command{tar} with one or more options (such as @option{--verbose}
1935(@option{-v}), which we used in the tutorial).  As we said in the
1936tutorial, @dfn{options} are arguments to @command{tar} which are (as
1937their name suggests) optional. Depending on the operating mode, you
1938may specify one or more options. Different options will have different
1939effects, but in general they all change details of the operation, such
1940as archive format, archive name, or level of user interaction.  Some
1941options make sense with all operating modes, while others are
1942meaningful only with particular modes. You will likely use some
1943options frequently, while you will only use others infrequently, or
1944not at all.  (A full list of options is available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1945
1946@vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1947@anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1948The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1949be placed in front of any explicit options.  For example, if
1950@code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1951if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1952specified before any explicit options.  Option specifications are
1953separated by whitespace.  A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1954can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1955
1956Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive.  For example, the
1957options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1958argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1959while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1960write @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1961
1962In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1963@command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1964form, short form, and old style.  These styles are discussed below.
1965Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1966styles.
1967
1968@FIXME{menu at end of this node.  need to think of an actual outline
1969for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1970incorporated.}
1971
1972@node Styles
1973@section The Three Option Styles
1974
1975There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1976line invoking @command{tar}.  The different styles were developed at
1977different times during the history of @command{tar}.  These styles will be
1978presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1979
1980Some options must take an argument.  (For example, @option{--file}
1981(@option{-f})) takes the name of an archive file as an argument.  If
1982you do not supply an archive file name, @command{tar} will use a
1983default, but this can be confusing; thus, we recommend that you always
1984supply a specific archive file name.)  Where you @emph{place} the
1985arguments generally depends on which style of options you choose.  We
1986will detail specific information relevant to each option style in the
1987sections on the different option styles, below.  The differences are
1988subtle, yet can often be very important; incorrect option placement
1989can cause you to overwrite a number of important files.  We urge you
1990to note these differences, and only use the option style(s) which
1991makes the most sense to you until you feel comfortable with the others.
1992
1993Some options @emph{may} take an argument.  Such options may have at
1994most long and short forms, they do not have old style equivalent.  The
1995rules for specifying an argument for such options are stricter than
1996those for specifying mandatory arguments.  Please, pay special
1997attention to them.
1998
1999@menu
2000* Long Options::                Long Option Style
2001* Short Options::               Short Option Style
2002* Old Options::                 Old Option Style
2003* Mixing::                      Mixing Option Styles
2004@end menu
2005
2006@node Long Options
2007@subsection Long Option Style
2008
2009Each option has at least one @dfn{long} (or @dfn{mnemonic}) name starting with two
2010dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}.  The long names are more clear than
2011their corresponding short or old names.  It sometimes happens that a
2012single long option has many different names which are
2013synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}.  In addition,
2014long option names can be given unique abbreviations.  For example,
2015@option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
2016other long option which begins with @samp{cre}.  (One way to find
2017this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2018abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2019you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2020abbreviation won't work.  You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2021to see a list of options.  Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2022unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2023use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2024
2025Long options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2026meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2027corresponding short options (see below).  For example:
2028
2029@smallexample
2030$ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2031@end smallexample
2032
2033@noindent
2034gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2035for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2036
2037Long options which require arguments take those arguments
2038immediately following the option name.  There are two ways of
2039specifying a mandatory argument.  It can be separated from the
2040option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
2041white space characters.  For example, the @option{--file} option (which
2042tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
2043@file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
2044@option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
2045
2046In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
2047an equal sign.  For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
2048an optional argument specifying backup type.  It must be used
2049as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
2050
2051@node Short Options
2052@subsection Short Option Style
2053
2054Most options also have a @dfn{short option} name.  Short options start with
2055a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
2056(which is equivalent to @option{--list}).  The forms are absolutely
2057identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2058
2059The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2060
2061Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2062following the option, usually separated by white space.  It is also
2063possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2064no intervening space.  For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
2065archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2066@option{--file=archive.tar}.  Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2067@w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2068specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2069
2070Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
2071immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
2072white space characters}.
2073
2074Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2075required to do this (as compared to old options; see below).  When
2076short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2077all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}.  Only the last option in
2078such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2079options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2080write options.  Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2081even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2082
2083When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2084an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2085For example:
2086
2087@smallexample
2088$ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2089@end smallexample
2090
2091If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2092that belong to them.  If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2093end up overwriting files.
2094
2095@node Old Options
2096@subsection Old Option Style
2097@UNREVISED
2098
2099Like short options, @dfn{old options} are single letters.  However, old options
2100must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2101them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
2102with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
2103old option style; short options are decoded differently.}.  This set
2104of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2105@command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2106anywhere else.  The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2107the corresponding short option.  For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2108the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2109long option @option{--list}.  So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2110cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
2111
2112When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2113all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2114Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2115style as follows:
2116
2117@smallexample
2118$ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2119@end smallexample
2120
2121@noindent
2122Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2123the argument of @option{-f}.
2124
2125On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
2126option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2127confusing.  In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2128@samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2129argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
2130argument.  Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2131/dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2132pertain to.
2133
2134If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2135sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2136
2137This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2138users.  For example, the two commands:
2139
2140@smallexample
2141@kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2142@kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2143@end smallexample
2144
2145@noindent
2146are quite different.  The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2147the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}.  The
2148second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2149@samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2150
2151Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2152
2153This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2154following are equivalent:
2155
2156@smallexample
2157@kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2158@kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2159@kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2160@end smallexample
2161
2162@cindex option syntax, traditional
2163As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2164non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options.  @GNUTAR{}
2165supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2166people are used to them.  For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2167the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2168letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}.  Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2169equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2170@option{--create} (@option{-c}) command to create an archive.
2171
2172@node Mixing
2173@subsection Mixing Option Styles
2174
2175All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2176so long as the rules for each style are fully
2177respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2178a bug prevented intermixing old style options with long options in
2179some cases.}.  Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2180options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command.  However,
2181old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2182following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2183after the @command{tar} command and some white space).  Modern options
2184may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2185collected.  If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2186falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2187style options.
2188
2189For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2190illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2191
2192@smallexample
2193@kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2194@kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2195@kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2196@kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2197@kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2198@kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2199@kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2200@kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2201@kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2202@kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2203@kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2204@kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2205@kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2206@kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2207@kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2208@kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2209@kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2210@kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2211@kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2212@kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2213@kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2214@end smallexample
2215
2216On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2217the previous set:
2218
2219@smallexample
2220@kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2221@kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2222@kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2223@kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2224@kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2225@end smallexample
2226
2227@noindent
2228These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2229user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2230uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear).  The first
2231four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2232@option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2233respectively.  The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2234@var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}.  The last
2235example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2236@samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2237@samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value.  @FIXME{not sure i liked
2238the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2239
2240@node All Options
2241@section All @command{tar} Options
2242
2243The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2244@command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2245references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2246They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2247forms with their corresponding long option.  You can use this table as
2248a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2249
2250@menu
2251* Operation Summary::
2252* Option Summary::
2253* Short Option Summary::
2254@end menu
2255
2256@node Operation Summary
2257@subsection Operations
2258
2259@table @option
2260
2261@opsummary{append}
2262@item --append
2263@itemx -r
2264
2265Appends files to the end of the archive.  @xref{append}.
2266
2267@opsummary{catenate}
2268@item --catenate
2269@itemx -A
2270
2271Same as @option{--concatenate}.  @xref{concatenate}.
2272
2273@opsummary{compare}
2274@item --compare
2275@itemx -d
2276
2277Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2278system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2279modification date and contents.  @xref{compare}.
2280
2281@opsummary{concatenate}
2282@item --concatenate
2283@itemx -A
2284
2285Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2286@xref{concatenate}.
2287
2288@opsummary{create}
2289@item --create
2290@itemx -c
2291
2292Creates a new @command{tar} archive.  @xref{create}.
2293
2294@opsummary{delete}
2295@item --delete
2296
2297Deletes members from the archive.  Don't try this on a archive on a
2298tape!  @xref{delete}.
2299
2300@opsummary{diff}
2301@item --diff
2302@itemx -d
2303
2304Same @option{--compare}.  @xref{compare}.
2305
2306@opsummary{extract}
2307@item --extract
2308@itemx -x
2309
2310Extracts members from the archive into the file system.  @xref{extract}.
2311
2312@opsummary{get}
2313@item --get
2314@itemx -x
2315
2316Same as @option{--extract}.  @xref{extract}.
2317
2318@opsummary{list}
2319@item --list
2320@itemx -t
2321
2322Lists the members in an archive.  @xref{list}.
2323
2324@opsummary{update}
2325@item --update
2326@itemx -u
2327
2328Adds files to the end of the archive, but only if they are newer than
2329their counterparts already in the archive, or if they do not already
2330exist in the archive. @xref{update}.
2331
2332@end table
2333
2334@node Option Summary
2335@subsection @command{tar} Options
2336
2337@table @option
2338
2339@opsummary{absolute-names}
2340@item --absolute-names
2341@itemx -P
2342
2343Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2344@samp{/} from member names.  This option disables that behavior.
2345@xref{absolute}.
2346
2347@opsummary{after-date}
2348@item --after-date
2349
2350(See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2351
2352@opsummary{anchored}
2353@item --anchored
2354A pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2355@xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2356
2357@opsummary{atime-preserve}
2358@item --atime-preserve
2359@itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2360@itemx --atime-preserve=system
2361
2362Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them.  This
2363option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2364have superuser privileges.
2365
2366@option{--atime-preserve=replace} remembers the access time of a file
2367before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards.  This
2368may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2369time, as the times of their accesses will be lost.  On most platforms
2370restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2371data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2372other programs are writing the file at the same time.  (Tar attempts
2373to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2374conditions.)  Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2375updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2376incompatible with incremental backups.
2377
2378@option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2379without interfering with time stamp updates
2380caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2381However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2382underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2383that searching directories does not update their access times.  As of
2384this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2385Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later.  Worse, there is currently no reliable
2386way to know whether this feature actually works.  Sometimes
2387@command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2388@option{--atime-preserve=system} then @command{tar} complains and
2389exits right away.  But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2390option works when it actually does not.
2391
2392Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2393@option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this may change in the future
2394as support for @option{--atime-preserve=system} improves.
2395
2396If your operating system does not support
2397@option{--atime-preserve=@-system}, you might be able to preserve access
2398times reliably by by using the @command{mount} command.  For example,
2399you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2400a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2401available on some systems.  However, mounting typically requires
2402superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2403
2404@opsummary{backup}
2405@item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2406
2407Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2408back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2409@var{backup-type}.  @xref{backup}.
2410
2411@opsummary{block-number}
2412@item --block-number
2413@itemx -R
2414
2415With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2416with the block number in the archive file.  @xref{block-number}.
2417
2418@opsummary{blocking-factor}
2419@item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2420@itemx -b @var{blocking}
2421
2422Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2423record.  @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2424
2425@opsummary{bzip2}
2426@item --bzip2
2427@itemx -j
2428
2429This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2430@code{bzip2}.  @xref{gzip}.
2431
2432@opsummary{checkpoint}
2433@item --checkpoint[=@var{number}]
2434
2435This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint
2436messages as it reads through the archive.  It is intended for when you
2437want a visual indication that @command{tar} is still running, but
2438don't want to see @option{--verbose} output.  For a detailed
2439description, see @ref{Progress information}.
2440
2441@opsummary{check-links}
2442@item --check-links
2443@itemx -l
2444If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2445dumped for each processed file.  If this number does not match the
2446total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2447output @footnote{Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2448synonym for @option{--one-file-system}.  The current semantics, which
2449complies to UNIX98, was introduced with version
24501.15.91. @xref{Changes}, for more information.}.
2451
2452@opsummary{compress}
2453@opsummary{uncompress}
2454@item --compress
2455@itemx --uncompress
2456@itemx -Z
2457
2458@command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2459writing the archive.  This allows you to directly act on archives
2460while saving space.  @xref{gzip}.
2461
2462@opsummary{confirmation}
2463@item --confirmation
2464
2465(See @option{--interactive}.)  @xref{interactive}.
2466
2467@opsummary{delay-directory-restore}
2468@item --delay-directory-restore
2469
2470Delay setting modification times and permissions of extracted
2471directories until the end of extraction. @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2472
2473@opsummary{dereference}
2474@item --dereference
2475@itemx -h
2476
2477When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2478file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2479symlink.  @xref{dereference}.
2480
2481@opsummary{directory}
2482@item --directory=@var{dir}
2483@itemx -C @var{dir}
2484
2485When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2486to @var{dir} before performing any operations.  When this option is used
2487during archive creation, it is order sensitive.  @xref{directory}.
2488
2489@opsummary{exclude}
2490@item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2491
2492When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2493@var{pattern}.  @xref{exclude}.
2494
2495@opsummary{exclude-from}
2496@item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2497@itemx -X @var{file}
2498
2499Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2500patterns in the file @var{file}.  @xref{exclude}.
2501
2502@opsummary{exclude-caches}
2503@item --exclude-caches
2504
2505Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2506tag file, but still dump the directory node and the tag file itself.
2507
2508@xref{exclude}.
2509
2510@opsummary{exclude-caches-under}
2511@item --exclude-caches-under
2512
2513Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2514tag file, but still dump the directory node itself.
2515
2516@xref{exclude}.
2517
2518@opsummary{exclude-caches-all}
2519@item --exclude-caches-all
2520
2521Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2522tag file.  @xref{exclude}.
2523
2524@opsummary{exclude-tag}
2525@item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
2526
2527Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}, but
2528dump the directory node and @var{file} itself.  @xref{exclude}.
2529
2530@opsummary{exclude-tag-under}
2531@item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
2532
2533Exclude from dump the contents of any directory containing file
2534named @var{file}, but dump the directory node itself.  @xref{exclude}.
2535
2536@opsummary{exclude-tag-all}
2537@item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
2538
2539Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}.
2540@xref{exclude}. 
2541
2542@opsummary{file}
2543@item --file=@var{archive}
2544@itemx -f @var{archive}
2545
2546@command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2547performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2548default.  @xref{file tutorial}.
2549
2550@opsummary{files-from}
2551@item --files-from=@var{file}
2552@itemx -T @var{file}
2553
2554@command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2555or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2556command-line.  @xref{files}.
2557
2558@opsummary{force-local}
2559@item --force-local
2560
2561Forces @command{tar} to interpret the file name given to @option{--file}
2562as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2563@xref{local and remote archives}.
2564
2565@opsummary{format}
2566@item --format=@var{format}
2567@itemx -H @var{format}
2568
2569Selects output archive format.  @var{Format} may be one of the
2570following:
2571
2572@table @samp
2573@item v7
2574Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2575
2576@item oldgnu
2577Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
25781.12 or earlier.
2579
2580@item gnu
2581Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format.  Basically it is the same as
2582@samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2583numeric fields.
2584
2585@item ustar
2586Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2587
2588@item posix
2589Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2590
2591@end table
2592
2593@xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2594
2595@opsummary{group}
2596@item --group=@var{group}
2597
2598Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
2599rather than the group from the source file.  @var{group} is first decoded
2600as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2601a decimal numeric group @acronym{ID}.  @xref{override}.
2602
2603Also see the comments for the @option{--owner=@var{user}} option.
2604
2605@opsummary{gzip}
2606@opsummary{gunzip}
2607@opsummary{ungzip}
2608@item --gzip
2609@itemx --gunzip
2610@itemx --ungzip
2611@itemx -z
2612
2613This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2614@command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2615kinds of compressed archives transparently.  @xref{gzip}.
2616
2617@opsummary{help}
2618@item --help
2619@itemx -?
2620
2621@command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2622options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2623
2624@opsummary{ignore-case}
2625@item --ignore-case
2626Ignore case when matching member or file names with
2627patterns. @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2628
2629@opsummary{ignore-command-error}
2630@item --ignore-command-error
2631Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2632
2633@opsummary{ignore-failed-read}
2634@item --ignore-failed-read
2635
2636Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2637@xref{Reading}.
2638
2639@opsummary{ignore-zeros}
2640@item --ignore-zeros
2641@itemx -i
2642
2643With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2644archive, which normally signals EOF.  @xref{Reading}.
2645
2646@opsummary{incremental}
2647@item --incremental
2648@itemx -G
2649
2650Informs @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2651@acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive.  It is intended
2652primarily for backwards compatibility only.  @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2653for a detailed discussion of incremental archives.
2654
2655@opsummary{index-file}
2656@item --index-file=@var{file}
2657
2658Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2659
2660@opsummary{info-script}
2661@opsummary{new-volume-script}
2662@item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2663@itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2664@itemx -F @var{script-file}
2665
2666When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2667at the end of each tape.  If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2668@command{tar} fails immediately.  @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2669discussion of @var{script-file}.
2670
2671@opsummary{interactive}
2672@item --interactive
2673@itemx --confirmation
2674@itemx -w
2675
2676Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2677performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2678@xref{interactive}.
2679
2680@opsummary{keep-newer-files}
2681@item --keep-newer-files
2682
2683Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2684when extracting files from an archive.
2685
2686@opsummary{keep-old-files}
2687@item --keep-old-files
2688@itemx -k
2689
2690Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2691@xref{Keep Old Files}.
2692
2693@opsummary{label}
2694@item --label=@var{name}
2695@itemx -V @var{name}
2696
2697When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2698as a name record in the archive.  When extracting or listing archives,
2699@command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2700the pattern specified in @var{name}.  @xref{Tape Files}.
2701
2702@opsummary{listed-incremental}
2703@item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2704@itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2705
2706During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2707@command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2708backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2709With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2710incremental format.  @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
2711
2712@opsummary{mode}
2713@item --mode=@var{permissions}
2714
2715When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2716@var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2717from the files.  @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
2718number or as symbolic permissions, like with
2719@command{chmod}. @xref{override}.
2720
2721@opsummary{mtime}
2722@item --mtime=@var{date}
2723
2724When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
2725the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
2726their actual modification times.  The value of @var{date} can be
2727either a textual date representation (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a
2728name of the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}.  In the
2729latter case, the modification time of that file is used. @xref{override}.
2730
2731@opsummary{multi-volume}
2732@item --multi-volume
2733@itemx -M
2734
2735Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2736multi-volume @command{tar} archive.  @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2737
2738@opsummary{new-volume-script}
2739@item --new-volume-script
2740
2741(see --info-script)
2742
2743@opsummary{newer}
2744@item --newer=@var{date}
2745@itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2746@itemx -N
2747
2748When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2749since @var{date}.  If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2750is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2751the date.  @xref{after}.
2752
2753@opsummary{newer-mtime}
2754@item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2755
2756Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2757contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2758also back up files for which any status information has
2759changed).  @xref{after}.
2760
2761@opsummary{no-anchored}
2762@item --no-anchored
2763An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2764@xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2765
2766@opsummary{no-delay-directory-restore}
2767@item --no-delay-directory-restore
2768
2769Modification times and permissions of extracted
2770directories are set when all files from this directory have been
2771extracted.  This is the default.
2772@xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2773
2774@opsummary{no-ignore-case}
2775@item --no-ignore-case
2776Use case-sensitive matching.
2777@xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2778
2779@opsummary{no-ignore-command-error}
2780@item --no-ignore-command-error
2781Print warnings about subprocesses that terminated with a nonzero exit
2782code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2783
2784@opsummary{no-overwrite-dir}
2785@item --no-overwrite-dir
2786
2787Preserve metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2788from an archive.  @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2789
2790@opsummary{no-quote-chars}
2791@item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
2792Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
2793characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option
2794(@pxref{quoting styles}).
2795
2796@opsummary{no-recursion}
2797@item --no-recursion
2798
2799With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2800@xref{recurse}.
2801
2802@opsummary{no-same-owner}
2803@item --no-same-owner
2804@itemx -o
2805
2806When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2807specified in the @command{tar} archive.  This the default behavior
2808for ordinary users.
2809
2810@opsummary{no-same-permissions}
2811@item --no-same-permissions
2812
2813When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2814the permissions specified in the archive.  This is the default behavior
2815for ordinary users.
2816
2817@opsummary{no-unquote}
2818@item --no-unquote
2819Treat all input file or member names literally, do not interpret
2820escape sequences.  @xref{input name quoting}.
2821
2822@opsummary{no-wildcards}
2823@item --no-wildcards
2824Do not use wildcards.
2825@xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2826
2827@opsummary{no-wildcards-match-slash}
2828@item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2829Wildcards do not match @samp{/}.
2830@xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2831
2832@opsummary{null}
2833@item --null
2834
2835When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2836instructs @command{tar} to expect file names terminated with @acronym{NUL}, so
2837@command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2838@xref{nul}.
2839
2840@opsummary{numeric-owner}
2841@item --numeric-owner
2842
2843This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2844and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2845@xref{Attributes}.
2846
2847@item -o
2848The function of this option depends on the action @command{tar} is
2849performing.  When extracting files, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2850@option{--no-same-owner}, i.e., it prevents @command{tar} from
2851restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2852
2853When creating an archive, it is a synonym for
2854@option{--old-archive}.  This behavior is for compatibility
2855with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2856removed in future releases.
2857
2858@xref{Changes}, for more information.
2859
2860@opsummary{occurrence}
2861@item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2862
2863This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2864@option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2865@option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2866line or via @option{-T} option.
2867
2868This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2869occurrence of each named file.  @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2870
2871@smallexample
2872tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2873@end smallexample
2874
2875@noindent
2876will extract the first occurrence of the member @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2877and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2878
2879@opsummary{old-archive}
2880@item --old-archive
2881Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2882
2883@opsummary{one-file-system}
2884@item --one-file-system
2885Used when creating an archive.  Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2886directories that are on different file systems from the current
2887directory @footnote{Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2888synonym for @option{--one-file-system}.  This has changed in version
28891.15.91. @xref{Changes}, for more information.}.
2890
2891@opsummary{overwrite}
2892@item --overwrite
2893
2894Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2895from an archive.  @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2896
2897@opsummary{overwrite-dir}
2898@item --overwrite-dir
2899
2900Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2901from an archive.  @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2902
2903@opsummary{owner}
2904@item --owner=@var{user}
2905
2906Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2907when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2908file.  @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2909this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user @acronym{ID}.
2910@xref{override}.
2911
2912This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2913
2914@opsummary{pax-option}
2915@item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2916This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
2917(@pxref{posix}).  It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2918extended header keywords.  @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2919list of keyword options.  @xref{PAX keywords}, for a detailed
2920discussion.
2921
2922@opsummary{portability}
2923@item --portability
2924@itemx --old-archive
2925Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2926
2927@opsummary{posix}
2928@item --posix
2929Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2930
2931@opsummary{preserve}
2932@item --preserve
2933
2934Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
2935@option{--same-order}.  @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
2936
2937@opsummary{preserve-order}
2938@item --preserve-order
2939
2940(See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2941
2942@opsummary{preserve-permissions}
2943@opsummary{same-permissions}
2944@item --preserve-permissions
2945@itemx --same-permissions
2946@itemx -p
2947
2948When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
2949users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
2950that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
2951Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
2952permissions directly from the archive.  @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
2953
2954@opsummary{quote-chars}
2955@item --quote-chars=@var{string}
2956Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
2957quoting style would not quote them (@pxref{quoting styles}).
2958
2959@opsummary{quoting-style}
2960@item --quoting-style=@var{style}
2961Set quoting style to use when printing member and file names
2962(@pxref{quoting styles}). Valid @var{style} values are:
2963@code{literal}, @code{shell}, @code{shell-always}, @code{c},
2964@code{escape}, @code{locale}, and @code{clocale}. Default quoting
2965style is @code{escape}, unless overridden while configuring the
2966package.
2967
2968@opsummary{read-full-records}
2969@item --read-full-records
2970@itemx -B
2971
2972Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
2973from pipes on systems with buggy implementations.  @xref{Reading}.
2974
2975@opsummary{record-size}
2976@item --record-size=@var{size}
2977
2978Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2979archive.  @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2980
2981@opsummary{recursion}
2982@item --recursion
2983
2984With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories (default).
2985@xref{recurse}.
2986
2987@opsummary{recursive-unlink}
2988@item --recursive-unlink
2989
2990Remove existing
2991directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2992from the archive.  @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
2993
2994@opsummary{remove-files}
2995@item --remove-files
2996
2997Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2998appending it to an archive.  @xref{remove files}.
2999
3000@opsummary{restrict}
3001@item --restrict
3002
3003Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
3004Currently this option disables shell invocation from multi-volume menu
3005(@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
3006
3007@opsummary{rmt-command}
3008@item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
3009
3010Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
3011the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
3012
3013@opsummary{rsh-command}
3014@item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3015
3016Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3017devices.  @xref{Device}.
3018
3019@opsummary{same-order}
3020@item --same-order
3021@itemx --preserve-order
3022@itemx -s
3023
3024This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3025small amounts of memory.  It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3026arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3027archive.  @xref{Reading}.
3028
3029@opsummary{same-owner}
3030@item --same-owner
3031
3032When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3033specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3034This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3035effect only for ordinary users.  @xref{Attributes}.
3036
3037@opsummary{same-permissions}
3038@item --same-permissions
3039
3040(See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
3041
3042@opsummary{seek}
3043@item --seek
3044@itemx -n
3045
3046Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
3047locations.  Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3048the archive can be seeked or not.  This option is intended for use
3049in cases when such recognition fails.
3050
3051@opsummary{show-defaults}
3052@item --show-defaults
3053
3054Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
3055successfully.  This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
3056Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
3057
3058@smallexample
3059$ tar --show-defaults
3060--format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape \
3061--rmt-command=/usr/libexec/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3062@end smallexample
3063
3064@opsummary{show-omitted-dirs}
3065@item --show-omitted-dirs
3066
3067Instructs @command{tar} to mention the directories it is skipping when
3068operating on a @command{tar} archive.  @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
3069
3070@opsummary{show-transformed-names}
3071@opsummary{show-stored-names}
3072@item --show-transformed-names
3073@itemx --show-stored-names
3074
3075Display file or member names after applying any transformations
3076(@pxref{transform}).  In particular, when used in conjunction with one of
3077the archive creation operations it instructs @command{tar} to list the
3078member names stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
3079names.  @xref{listing member and file names}.
3080
3081@opsummary{sparse}
3082@item --sparse
3083@itemx -S
3084
3085Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3086sparse files efficiently.  @xref{sparse}.
3087
3088@opsummary{sparse-version}
3089@item --sparse-version=@var{version}
3090
3091Specifies the @dfn{format version} to use when archiving sparse
3092files.  Implies @option{--sparse}.  @xref{sparse}. For the description
3093of the supported sparse formats, @xref{Sparse Formats}.
3094
3095@opsummary{starting-file}
3096@item --starting-file=@var{name}
3097@itemx -K @var{name}
3098
3099This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3100files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3101@xref{Scarce}.
3102
3103@opsummary{strip-components}
3104@item --strip-components=@var{number}
3105Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3106extraction.  For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3107@file{/some/file/name}, then running
3108
3109@smallexample
3110tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
3111@end smallexample
3112
3113@noindent
3114would extract this file to file @file{name}.
3115
3116@opsummary{suffix}, summary
3117@item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3118
3119Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3120@samp{~}.  @xref{backup}.
3121
3122@opsummary{tape-length}
3123@item --tape-length=@var{num}
3124@itemx -L @var{num}
3125
3126Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3127@w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long.  @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
3128
3129@opsummary{test-label}
3130@item --test-label
3131
3132Reads the volume label.  If an argument is specified, test whether it
3133matches the volume label.  @xref{--test-label option}.
3134
3135@opsummary{to-command}
3136@item --to-command=@var{command}
3137
3138During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
3139standard input of @var{command}.  @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
3140
3141@opsummary{to-stdout}
3142@item --to-stdout
3143@itemx -O
3144
3145During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3146than to the file system.  @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
3147
3148@opsummary{totals}
3149@item --totals[=@var{signo}]
3150
3151Displays the total number of bytes transferred when processing an
3152archive.  If an argument is given, these data are displayed on
3153request, when signal @var{signo} is delivered to @command{tar}.
3154@xref{totals}.
3155
3156@opsummary{touch}
3157@item --touch
3158@itemx -m
3159
3160Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3161rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
3162@xref{Data Modification Times}.
3163
3164@opsummary{transform}
3165@item --transform=@var{sed-expr}
3166
3167Transform file or member names using @command{sed} replacement expression
3168@var{sed-expr}.  For example,
3169
3170@smallexample
3171$ @kbd{tar cf archive.tar --transform 's,^\./,usr/,' .}
3172@end smallexample
3173
3174@noindent
3175will add to @file{archive} files from the current working directory,
3176replacing initial @samp{./} prefix with @samp{usr/}. For the detailed
3177discussion, @xref{transform}.
3178
3179To see transformed member names in verbose listings, use
3180@option{--show-transformed-names} option
3181(@pxref{show-transformed-names}).
3182
3183@opsummary{uncompress}
3184@item --uncompress
3185
3186(See @option{--compress}. @pxref{gzip})
3187
3188@opsummary{ungzip}
3189@item --ungzip
3190
3191(See @option{--gzip}. @pxref{gzip})
3192
3193@opsummary{unlink-first}
3194@item --unlink-first
3195@itemx -U
3196
3197Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3198system before extracting it from the archive.  @xref{Unlink First}.
3199
3200@opsummary{unquote}
3201@item --unquote
3202Enable unquoting input file or member names (default).  @xref{input
3203name quoting}.
3204
3205@opsummary{use-compress-program}
3206@item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3207
3208Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3209presumed to be a compression program of some sort.  @xref{gzip}.
3210
3211@opsummary{utc}
3212@item --utc
3213
3214Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}.  This option implies
3215@option{--verbose}.
3216
3217@opsummary{verbose}
3218@item --verbose
3219@itemx -v
3220
3221Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the
3222operations it is performing.  This option can be specified multiple
3223times for some operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
3224@xref{verbose}.
3225
3226@opsummary{verify}
3227@item --verify
3228@itemx -W
3229
3230Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3231archive.  @xref{verify}.
3232
3233@opsummary{version}
3234@item --version
3235
3236Print information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
3237status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
3238@xref{help}.
3239
3240@opsummary{volno-file}
3241@item --volno-file=@var{file}
3242
3243Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}.  @command{tar} will
3244keep track of which volume of a multi-volume archive it is working in
3245@var{file}.  @xref{volno-file}.
3246
3247@opsummary{wildcards}
3248@item --wildcards
3249Use wildcards when matching member names with patterns.
3250@xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3251
3252@opsummary{wildcards-match-slash}
3253@item --wildcards-match-slash
3254Wildcards match @samp{/}.
3255@xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3256@end table
3257
3258@node Short Option Summary
3259@subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3260
3261Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3262them with the equivalent long option.
3263
3264@multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.80
3265@headitem Short Option  @tab Reference
3266
3267@item -A @tab @ref{--concatenate}.
3268
3269@item -B @tab @ref{--read-full-records}.
3270
3271@item -C @tab @ref{--directory}.
3272
3273@item -F @tab @ref{--info-script}.
3274
3275@item -G @tab @ref{--incremental}.
3276
3277@item -K @tab @ref{--starting-file}.
3278
3279@item -L @tab @ref{--tape-length}.
3280
3281@item -M @tab @ref{--multi-volume}.
3282
3283@item -N @tab @ref{--newer}.
3284
3285@item -O @tab @ref{--to-stdout}.
3286
3287@item -P @tab @ref{--absolute-names}.
3288
3289@item -R @tab @ref{--block-number}.
3290
3291@item -S @tab @ref{--sparse}.
3292
3293@item -T @tab @ref{--files-from}.
3294
3295@item -U @tab @ref{--unlink-first}.
3296
3297@item -V @tab @ref{--label}.
3298
3299@item -W @tab @ref{--verify}.
3300
3301@item -X @tab @ref{--exclude-from}.
3302
3303@item -Z @tab @ref{--compress}.
3304
3305@item -b @tab @ref{--blocking-factor}.
3306
3307@item -c @tab @ref{--create}.
3308
3309@item -d @tab @ref{--compare}.
3310
3311@item -f @tab @ref{--file}.
3312
3313@item -g @tab @ref{--listed-incremental}.
3314
3315@item -h @tab @ref{--dereference}.
3316
3317@item -i @tab @ref{--ignore-zeros}.
3318
3319@item -j @tab @ref{--bzip2}.
3320
3321@item -k @tab @ref{--keep-old-files}.
3322
3323@item -l @tab @ref{--check-links}.
3324
3325@item -m @tab @ref{--touch}.
3326
3327@item -o @tab When creating, @ref{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3328@ref{--portability}.
3329
3330The later usage is deprecated.  It is retained for compatibility with
3331the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}.  In future releases
3332@option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3333
3334@item -p @tab @ref{--preserve-permissions}.
3335
3336@item -r @tab @ref{--append}.
3337
3338@item -s @tab @ref{--same-order}.
3339
3340@item -t @tab @ref{--list}.
3341
3342@item -u @tab @ref{--update}.
3343
3344@item -v @tab @ref{--verbose}.
3345
3346@item -w @tab @ref{--interactive}.
3347
3348@item -x @tab @ref{--extract}.
3349
3350@item -z @tab @ref{--gzip}.
3351
3352@end multitable
3353
3354@node help
3355@section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3356
3357@cindex Getting program version number
3358@opindex version
3359@cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3360Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3361@GNUTAR{}, indeed.  The @option{--version} option
3362causes @command{tar} to print information about its name, version,
3363origin and legal status, all on standard output, and then exit
3364successfully.  For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might print:
3365
3366@smallexample
3367tar (GNU tar) @value{VERSION}
3368Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3369This is free software.  You may redistribute copies of it under the terms
3370of the GNU General Public License <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
3371There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
3372
3373Written by John Gilmore and Jay Fenlason.
3374@end smallexample
3375
3376@noindent
3377The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3378name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3379while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3380itself, containing possibly many programs.  The package is currently
3381named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3382contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3383@command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3384@code{paxutils}.  So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3385@option{--version} would not output @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3386paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3387
3388@cindex Obtaining help
3389@cindex Listing all @command{tar} options
3390@xopindex{help, introduction}
3391Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3392of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3393manual, for once you have carefully read it.  @GNUTAR{}
3394has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3395@option{--help} option.  By using this option, @command{tar} will
3396print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3397output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3398ignoring all other options.  Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3399may be several screens long.  So, if you are not using some kind of
3400scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3401
3402@smallexample
3403$ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3404@end smallexample
3405
3406@noindent
3407presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager.  Other
3408popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}.  If you know about some
3409@var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3410@option{--help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3411
3412@smallexample
3413tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3414@end smallexample
3415
3416@noindent
3417for getting only the pertinent lines.  Notice, however, that some
3418@command{tar} options have long description lines and the above
3419command will list only the first of them.
3420
3421The exact look of the option summary displayed by @kbd{tar --help} is
3422configurable. @xref{Configuring Help Summary}, for a detailed description.
3423
3424@opindex usage
3425If you only wish to check the spelling of an option, running @kbd{tar
3426--usage} may be a better choice.  This will display a terse list of
3427@command{tar} option without accompanying explanations.
3428
3429The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3430back to the full documentation for precise points.  If you are reading
3431this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3432form.  This manual is available in a variety of forms from
3433@url{http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual}.  It may be printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3434distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3435and a laser printer around.  Just configure the distribution, execute
3436the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3437usual way (contact your local guru to know how).  If @GNUTAR{}
3438has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3439manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3440file.  Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3441@command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3442@acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3443
3444There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3445If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3446either it does not belong to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3447been produced by @acronym{GNU}.  Some package maintainers convert
3448@kbd{tar --help} output to a man page, using @command{help2man}.  In
3449any case, please bear in mind that the authoritative source of
3450information about @GNUTAR{} is this Texinfo documentation.
3451
3452@node defaults
3453@section Obtaining @GNUTAR{} default values
3454
3455@opindex show-defaults
3456@GNUTAR{} has some predefined defaults that are used when you do not
3457explicitly specify another values.  To obtain a list of such
3458defaults, use @option{--show-defaults} option.  This will output the
3459values in the form of @command{tar} command line options:
3460
3461@smallexample
3462@group
3463@kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3464--format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3465--rmt-command=/etc/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3466@end group
3467@end smallexample
3468
3469@noindent
3470Notice, that this option outputs only one line.  The example output above
3471has been split to fit page boundaries.
3472
3473@noindent
3474The above output shows that this version of @GNUTAR{} defaults to
3475using @samp{gnu} archive format (@pxref{Formats}), it uses standard
3476output as the archive, if no @option{--file} option has been given
3477(@pxref{file tutorial}), the default blocking factor is 20
3478(@pxref{Blocking Factor}).  It also shows the default locations where
3479@command{tar} will look for @command{rmt} and @command{rsh} binaries.
3480
3481@node verbose
3482@section Checking @command{tar} progress
3483
3484Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3485information to the user except error messages.  When using @command{tar}
3486with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3487difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3488@command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3489easier.  These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3490progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3491more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3492yourself.  If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3493archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3494message in order to solve the problem.  The following options can be
3495helpful diagnostic tools.
3496
3497@cindex Verbose operation
3498@opindex verbose
3499Normally, the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) command to list an archive
3500prints just the file names (one per line) and the other commands are
3501silent. When used with most operations, the @option{--verbose}
3502(@option{-v}) option causes @command{tar} to print the name of each
3503file or archive member as it is processed.  This and the other options
3504which make @command{tar} print status information can be useful in
3505monitoring @command{tar}.
3506
3507With @option{--create} or @option{--extract}, @option{--verbose} used
3508once just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3509Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing
3510(@xref{verbose member listing}, for the description) for each member.
3511Since @option{--list} already prints  the names of the members,
3512@option{--verbose} used once with @option{--list} causes @command{tar}
3513to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files in the archive.
3514The following examples both extract members with long list output:
3515
3516@smallexample
3517$ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3518$ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3519@end smallexample
3520
3521Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3522being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3523--file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3524installer let standard output be the default archive).  In that case
3525@command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3526
3527If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3528verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3529error.
3530
3531@anchor{totals}
3532@cindex Obtaining total status information
3533@opindex totals
3534The @option{--totals} option causes @command{tar} to print on the
3535standard error the total amount of bytes transferred when processing
3536an archive.  When creating or appending to an archive, this option
3537prints the number of bytes written to the archive and the average
3538speed at which they have been written, e.g.:
3539
3540@smallexample
3541@group
3542$ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --totals /home}
3543Total bytes written: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 85MiB/s)
3544@end group
3545@end smallexample
3546
3547When reading an archive, this option displays the number of bytes
3548read:
3549
3550@smallexample
3551@group
3552$ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar --totals}
3553Total bytes read: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 95MiB/s)
3554@end group
3555@end smallexample
3556
3557Finally, when deleting from an archive, the @option{--totals} option
3558displays both numbers plus number of bytes removed from the archive:
3559
3560@smallexample
3561@group
3562$ @kbd{tar --delete -f foo.tar --totals --wildcards '*~'}
3563Total bytes read: 9543680 (9.2MiB, 201MiB/s)
3564Total bytes written: 3829760 (3.7MiB, 81MiB/s)
3565Total bytes deleted: 1474048
3566@end group
3567@end smallexample
3568
3569You can also obtain this information on request.  When
3570@option{--totals} is used with an argument, this argument is
3571interpreted as a symbolic name of a signal, upon delivery of which the
3572statistics is to be printed:
3573
3574@table @option
3575@item --totals=@var{signo}
3576Print statistics upon delivery of signal @var{signo}.  Valid arguments
3577are: @code{SIGHUP}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGUSR1} and
3578@code{SIGUSR2}.  Shortened names without @samp{SIG} prefix are also
3579accepted.
3580@end table
3581
3582Both forms of @option{--totals} option can be used simultaneously.
3583Thus, @kbd{tar -x --totals --totals=USR1} instructs @command{tar} to
3584extract all members from its default archive and print statistics
3585after finishing the extraction, as well as when receiving signal
3586@code{SIGUSR1}.
3587
3588@anchor{Progress information}
3589@cindex Progress information
3590@opindex checkpoint
3591The @option{--checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3592as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive.  It is designed for
3593those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3594@option{--block-number} (@option{-R}), but do want visual confirmation
3595that @command{tar} is actually making forward progress.  By default it
3596prints a message each 10 records read or written.  This can be changed
3597by giving it a numeric argument after an equal sign:
3598
3599@smallexample
3600$ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3601tar: Write checkpoint 1000
3602tar: Write checkpoint 2000
3603tar: Write checkpoint 3000
3604@end smallexample
3605
3606This example shows the default checkpoint message used by
3607@command{tar}.  If you place a dot immediately after the equal
3608sign, it will print a @samp{.} at each checkpoint.  For example:
3609
3610@smallexample
3611$ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=.1000} /var
3612...
3613@end smallexample
3614
3615@opindex show-omitted-dirs
3616@anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3617The @option{--show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3618@option{--list} or @option{--extract}, for example---causes a message
3619to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3620This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3621not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3622it might be excluded by the use of the
3623@option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option, or some other reason.
3624
3625@opindex block-number
3626@cindex Block number where error occurred
3627@anchor{block-number}
3628If @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3629every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3630archive where the message was triggered.  Also, supplementary messages
3631are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3632file on the archive.  As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3633with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3634is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3635@option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used.  Note that @GNUTAR{}
3636drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3637archive from a pipe.
3638
3639@cindex Error message, block number of
3640This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3641it helps pinpoint the damaged sections.  It can also be used with
3642@option{--list} (@option{-t}) when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3643choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3644favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3645front of the tape).  @xref{backup}.
3646
3647@node interactive
3648@section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3649@cindex Interactive operation
3650
3651Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3652further instructions.  In some situations however, you may want to
3653exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3654if disk or storage space is tight).  You can do this by excluding
3655certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3656an operation interactively, using the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option.
3657@command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
3658
3659@opindex interactive
3660When the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option is specified, before
3661reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3662for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3663for confirmation on the terminal.  The actions which require
3664confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3665from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3666from disk.  To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3667beginning with @samp{y}.  If your input line begins with anything other
3668than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3669
3670If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3671@command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3672communications.
3673
3674Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3675other error messages.  However, if the archive is produced directly
3676on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3677@code{stderr}.  Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3678as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3679consumed by another process reading it, say.  Some people felt the need
3680of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3681verbose output and error output.  A possible approach would be using a
3682named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3683read from that named pipe.  This has the advantage of letting standard
3684output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3685
3686@node operations
3687@chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3688
3689@menu
3690* Basic tar::
3691* Advanced tar::
3692* create options::
3693* extract options::
3694* backup::
3695* Applications::
3696* looking ahead::
3697@end menu
3698
3699@node Basic tar
3700@section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3701
3702The basic @command{tar} operations, @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
3703@option{--list} (@option{-t}) and @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
3704@option{-x}), are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3705chapter of this manual.  This section provides some complementary notes
3706for these operations.
3707
3708@table @option
3709@xopindex{create, complementary notes}
3710@item --create
3711@itemx -c
3712
3713Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance.  One can
3714initialize an empty archive and later use @option{--append}
3715(@option{-r}) for adding all members.  Some applications would not
3716welcome making an exception in the way of adding the first archive
3717member.  On the other hand, many people reported that it is
3718dangerously too easy for @command{tar} to destroy a magnetic tape with
3719an empty archive@footnote{This is well described in @cite{Unix-haters
3720Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG
3721Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}.  The two most common errors are:
3722
3723@enumerate
3724@item
3725Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3726intent was to extract the full contents of an archive.  This error
3727is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3728the QWERTY keyboard.  Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3729gets wholly destroyed.  When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3730archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3731
3732@item
3733Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3734an archive with a single file in it.  This error is likely because a
3735tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3736letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3737consequence of doing so.  The usual consequence is that the single
3738file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3739@end enumerate
3740
3741So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophic nature of these
3742errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3743cowardly refuses to create an archive when @option{--create} option is
3744given, there are no arguments besides options, and
3745@option{--files-from} (@option{-T}) option is @emph{not} used.  To get
3746around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{} and nevertheless create an
3747archive with nothing in it, one may still use, as the value for the
3748@option{--files-from} option, a file with no names in it, as shown in
3749the following commands:
3750
3751@smallexample
3752@kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3753@kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3754@end smallexample
3755
3756@xopindex{extract, complementary notes}
3757@item --extract
3758@itemx --get
3759@itemx -x
3760
3761A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3762
3763@item @option{--list} (@option{-t})
3764
3765@GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3766while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. Preferably,
3767people should get used to ISO 8601 dates.  Local American dates should
3768be made available again with full date localization support, once
3769ready.  In the meantime, programs not being localizable for dates
3770should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
3771
3772Look up @url{http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/@/~mgk25/@/iso-time.html} if you
3773are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3774
3775@end table
3776
3777@node Advanced tar
3778@section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3779
3780Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3781to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3782
3783This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3784won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3785We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3786to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3787commands.  Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3788define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3789error correction in special circumstances.
3790
3791@FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3792it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3793
3794@menu
3795* Operations::
3796* append::
3797* update::
3798* concatenate::
3799* delete::
3800* compare::
3801@end menu
3802
3803@node Operations
3804@subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3805@UNREVISED
3806
3807In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3808@command{tar}.  This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3809@command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
3810@option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
3811
3812You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3813covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3814functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them.  We
3815will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3816in the last chapter.  As you may recall, the directory is called
3817@file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3818@samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3819@samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3820
3821We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3822@samp{bfiles.tar}.  The archive @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3823@samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}; @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3824@samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3825
3826Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3827in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3828you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3829(Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3830where the last chapter left them.)
3831
3832The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3833
3834@table @option
3835@item --append
3836@itemx -r
3837Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3838@item --update
3839@itemx -r
3840Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3841they exist.
3842@item --concatenate
3843@itemx --catenate
3844@itemx -A
3845Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3846@item --delete
3847Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3848@item --compare
3849@itemx --diff
3850@itemx -d
3851Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3852@end table
3853
3854@node append
3855@subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
3856@UNREVISED
3857
3858@opindex append
3859If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3860create a new archive; you can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}).
3861The archive must already exist in order to use @option{--append}.  (A
3862related operation is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this
3863to add newer versions of archive members to an existing archive.  To learn how to
3864do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3865
3866If you use @option{--append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3867archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3868old member is not deleted.  What does happen, however, is somewhat
3869complex.  @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3870with the same name.  Some operations treat these same-named members no
3871differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3872view an archive with @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you will see all
3873of those members listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
3874
3875Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3876prefer; if you were to use @option{--extract} to extract the archive,
3877only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3878other members would end up in the working directory.  This is because
3879@option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3880in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3881last.  Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3882the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3883will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3884@option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3885the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3886@option{--keep-newer-files} option}.  Thus, only the most recently archived
3887member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3888extracted before it, and so on.
3889
3890There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3891behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3892This is @option{--occurrence} option.  If you run @command{tar} with
3893this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file.  You
3894may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3895copy to be extracted.  Thus, for example if the archive
3896@file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3897the command
3898
3899@smallexample
3900tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3901@end smallexample
3902
3903@noindent
3904would extract only the second copy.  @xref{Option
3905Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @option{--occurrence}
3906option.
3907
3908@FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3909MMwtSN node; not sure.  i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3910
3911There are a few ways to get around this.  (maybe xref Multiple Members
3912with the Same Name.}
3913
3914@cindex Members, replacing with other members
3915@cindex Replacing members with other members
3916If you want to replace an archive member, use @option{--delete} to
3917delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3918@option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive.  Note
3919that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3920added member will still appear last.  In this sense, you cannot truly
3921``replace'' one member with another.  (Replacing one member with another
3922will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3923and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3924
3925@menu
3926* appending files::             Appending Files to an Archive
3927* multiple::
3928@end menu
3929
3930@node appending files
3931@subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3932@UNREVISED
3933@cindex Adding files to an Archive
3934@cindex Appending files to an Archive
3935@cindex Archives, Appending files to
3936
3937The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3938@option{--append} (@option{-r}) operation, which writes specified
3939files into the archive whether or not they are already among the
3940archived files.
3941
3942When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3943arguments, as there is no default.  If you specify a file that already
3944exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3945end of the archive.  As with other operations, the member names of the
3946newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3947command line.  The @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option will print
3948out the names of the files as they are written into the archive.
3949
3950@option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3951due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.  The archive
3952must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3953operation will be unpredictable.  @xref{Media}.
3954
3955To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3956create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3957Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory.  Then, run the
3958following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3959@file{collection.tar}:
3960
3961@smallexample
3962$ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3963@end smallexample
3964
3965@noindent
3966If you now use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation, you will see that
3967@file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3968
3969@smallexample
3970$ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3971-rw-r--r-- me user     28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3972-rw-r--r-- me user     21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3973-rw-r--r-- me user     20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3974-rw-r--r-- me user     20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3975@end smallexample
3976
3977@node multiple
3978@subsubsection Multiple Members with the Same Name
3979
3980You can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) to add copies of files
3981which have been updated since the archive was created.  (However, we
3982do not recommend doing this since there is another @command{tar}
3983option called @option{--update}; @xref{update}, for more information.
3984We describe this use of @option{--append} here for the sake of
3985completeness.)  When you extract the archive, the older version will
3986be effectively lost.  This works because files are extracted from an
3987archive in the order in which they were archived.  Thus, when the
3988archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3989file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the
3990older version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete
3991all versions of the file.
3992
3993Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3994version to @file{collection.tar}.  As you saw above, the original
3995@file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}.  If you change the
3996file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3997be two copies in the archive.  When you extract the archive, the older
3998version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3999newer version when it is extracted.
4000
4001You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
4002archive in this way:
4003
4004@smallexample
4005$ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
4006blues
4007@end smallexample
4008
4009@noindent
4010Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4011printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on.  Now
4012list the contents of the archive:
4013
4014@smallexample
4015$ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4016-rw-r--r-- me user     28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4017-rw-r--r-- me user     21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4018-rw-r--r-- me user     20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4019-rw-r--r-- me user     20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4020-rw-r--r-- me user     58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4021@end smallexample
4022
4023@noindent
4024The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4025(note the different creation dates and file sizes).  If you extract
4026the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4027replaced by the newer version.  You can confirm this by extracting
4028the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
4029
4030If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
4031from the archive, use @option{--occurrence} option, as shown in
4032the following example:
4033
4034@smallexample
4035$ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
4036-rw-r--r-- me user     21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4037@end smallexample
4038
4039@xref{Writing}, for more information on @option{--extract} and
4040@xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
4041@option{--occurrence} option.
4042
4043@node update
4044@subsection Updating an Archive
4045@UNREVISED
4046@cindex Updating an archive
4047
4048@opindex update
4049In the previous section, you learned how to use @option{--append} to
4050add a file to an existing archive.  A related operation is
4051@option{--update} (@option{-u}).  The @option{--update} operation
4052updates a @command{tar} archive by comparing the date of the specified
4053archive members against the date of the file with the same name.  If
4054the file has been modified more recently than the archive member, then
4055the newer version of the file is added to the archive (as with
4056@option{--append}).
4057
4058Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4059The operation will fail.
4060
4061@FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail?  need to ask
4062charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4063
4064Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
4065of the archive.  When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4066version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4067the @option{--backup} option.  @xref{multiple}, for a detailed discussion.
4068
4069@menu
4070* how to update::
4071@end menu
4072
4073@node how to update
4074@subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
4075
4076You must use file name arguments with the @option{--update}
4077(@option{-u}) operation.  If you don't specify any files,
4078@command{tar} won't act on any files and won't tell you that it didn't
4079do anything (which may end up confusing you).
4080
4081@c note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4082@c behavior just confused the author. :-)
4083
4084To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4085@file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4086file @file{blues}, using any text editor.  Then invoke @command{tar} with
4087the @samp{update} operation and the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v})
4088option specified, using the names of all the files in the practice
4089directory as file name arguments:
4090
4091@smallexample
4092$ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4093blues
4094classical
4095$
4096@end smallexample
4097
4098@noindent
4099Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4100of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4101files that needed to be updated.  If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4102at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4103end.  There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4104the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4105updating it.
4106
4107(The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4108it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4109process.  Tapes are not designed to go backward.  @xref{Media}, for more
4110information about tapes.
4111
4112@option{--update} (@option{-u}) is not suitable for performing backups for two
4113reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4114lengthens the archive every time it is used.  The @GNUTAR{}
4115options intended specifically for backups are more
4116efficient.  If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4117
4118@node concatenate
4119@subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
4120
4121@cindex Adding archives to an archive
4122@cindex Concatenating Archives
4123@opindex concatenate
4124@opindex catenate
4125@c @cindex @option{-A} described
4126Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4127an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive.  To add
4128one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4129@option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate}, @option{-A}) operation.
4130
4131To use @option{--concatenate}, give the first archive with
4132@option{--file} option and name the rest of archives to be
4133concatenated on the command line.  The members, and their member
4134names, will be copied verbatim from those archives to the first one.
4135@footnote{This can cause multiple members to have the same name, for
4136information on how this affects reading the archive, @ref{multiple}.}
4137The new, concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the
4138one given with the @option{--file} option.  As usual, if you omit
4139@option{--file}, @command{tar} will use the value of the environment
4140variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the default archive name.
4141
4142@FIXME{There is no way to specify a new name...}
4143
4144To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4145called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4146files from @file{practice}:
4147
4148@smallexample
4149$ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4150blues
4151rock
4152$ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4153folk
4154jazz
4155@end smallexample
4156
4157@noindent
4158If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4159contain what they are supposed to:
4160
4161@smallexample
4162$ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4163-rw-r--r-- melissa user    105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4164-rw-r--r-- melissa user     33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4165$ @kbd{tar -tvf jazzfolk.tar}
4166-rw-r--r-- melissa user     20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4167-rw-r--r-- melissa user     65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4168@end smallexample
4169
4170We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4171
4172@smallexample
4173$ @kbd{cd ..}
4174$ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4175@end smallexample
4176
4177If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesrock.tar}, you will see
4178that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4179
4180@smallexample
4181$ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4182blues
4183rock
4184folk
4185jazz
4186@end smallexample
4187
4188When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4189already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4190parameters.  Notice, that @command{tar} does not check whether the
4191archives it concatenates have compatible formats, it does not
4192even check if the files are really tar archives.
4193
4194Like @option{--append} (@option{-r}), this operation cannot be performed on some
4195tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4196
4197@cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4198@cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4199It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4200concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
4201operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4202
4203However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4204must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4205one archive.  @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4206from the target archive before each new archive is appended.  If you use
4207@command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4208@command{tar} format archive.  If you need to retrieve files from an
4209archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4210@option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option.  @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4211information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4212@command{cat} shell utility.
4213
4214@node delete
4215@subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
4216@UNREVISED
4217@cindex Deleting files from an archive
4218@cindex Removing files from an archive
4219
4220@opindex delete
4221You can remove members from an archive by using the @option{--delete}
4222option.  Specify the name of the archive with @option{--file}
4223(@option{-f}) and then specify the names of the members to be deleted;
4224if you list no member names, nothing will be deleted.  The
4225@option{--verbose} option will cause @command{tar} to print the names
4226of the members as they are deleted. As with @option{--extract}, you
4227must give the exact member names when using @samp{tar --delete}.
4228@option{--delete} will remove all versions of the named file from the
4229archive.  The @option{--delete} operation can run very slowly.
4230
4231Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
4232
4233@cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
4234@cindex Deleting from tape archives
4235This operation will rewrite the archive.  You can only use
4236@option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4237write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4238does not work on magnetic tapes.  Do not try to delete an archive member
4239from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4240likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape.  There is no safe
4241way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4242most kinds of magnetic tape.  @xref{Media}.
4243
4244To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4245@file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4246are in that directory, and then,
4247
4248@smallexample
4249$ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4250blues
4251folk
4252jazz
4253rock
4254$ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4255$ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4256folk
4257jazz
4258rock
4259$
4260@end smallexample
4261
4262@FIXME{Check if the above listing is actually produced after running
4263all the examples on collection.tar.}
4264
4265The @option{--delete} option has been reported to work properly when
4266@command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4267
4268@node compare
4269@subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4270@cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4271@UNREVISED
4272
4273@opindex compare
4274The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
4275specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4276reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4277contents.  You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4278names.  If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4279entire archive.  If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4280exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4281
4282You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4283archive with a non-default record size.
4284
4285@command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4286corresponding members in the archive.
4287
4288The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4289@file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4290files of the same name in the file system.  (Note that there is no file,
4291@file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4292
4293@smallexample
4294$ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4295rock
4296blues
4297tar: funk not found in archive
4298@end smallexample
4299
4300The spirit behind the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
4301@option{-d}) option is to check whether the archive represents the
4302current state of files on disk, more than validating the integrity of
4303the archive media.  For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4304
4305@node create options
4306@section Options Used by @option{--create}
4307
4308@xopindex{create, additional options}
4309The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4310@option{--create} (@option{-c}) to create an archive from a set of files.
4311@xref{create}.  This section described advanced options to be used with
4312@option{--create}.
4313
4314@menu
4315* override::                  Overriding File Metadata.
4316* Ignore Failed Read::
4317@end menu
4318
4319@node override
4320@subsection Overriding File Metadata
4321
4322As described above, a @command{tar} archive keeps, for each member it contains,
4323its @dfn{metadata}, such as modification time, mode and ownership of
4324the file.  @GNUTAR{} allows to replace these data with other values
4325when adding files to the archive.  The options described in this
4326section affect creation of archives of any type.  For POSIX archives,
4327see also @ref{PAX keywords}, for additional ways of controlling
4328metadata, stored in the archive.
4329
4330@table @option
4331@opindex mode
4332@item --mode=@var{permissions}
4333
4334When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
4335@var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
4336from the files.  @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
4337number or as symbolic permissions, like with
4338@command{chmod} (@xref{File permissions, Permissions, File
4339permissions, fileutils, @acronym{GNU} file utilities}.  This reference
4340also has useful information for those not being overly familiar with
4341the UNIX permission system).  Using latter syntax allows for
4342more flexibility.  For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
4343permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
4344or on any other file already marked as executable:
4345
4346@smallexample
4347$ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mode='a+rw' .}
4348@end smallexample
4349
4350@item --mtime=@var{date}
4351@opindex mtime
4352
4353When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
4354the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
4355their actual modification times.  The argument @var{date} can be
4356either a textual date representation in almost arbitrary format
4357(@pxref{Date input formats}) or a name of the existing file, starting
4358with @samp{/} or @samp{.}.  In the latter case, the modification time
4359of that file will be used.
4360
4361The following example will set the modification date to 00:00:00 UTC,
4362January 1, 1970:
4363
4364@smallexample
4365$ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mtime='1970-01-01' .}
4366@end smallexample
4367
4368@noindent
4369When used with @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{}
4370will try to convert the specified date back to its textual
4371representation and compare it with the one given with
4372@option{--mtime} options.  If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
4373print a warning saying what date it will use.  This is to help user
4374ensure he is using the right date.
4375
4376For example:
4377
4378@smallexample
4379$ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -v --mtime=yesterday .}
4380tar: Option --mtime: Treating date `yesterday' as 2006-06-20
438113:06:29.152478
4382@dots{}
4383@end smallexample
4384
4385@item --owner=@var{user}
4386@opindex owner
4387
4388Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
4389when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
4390file.  The argument @var{user} can be either an existing user symbolic
4391name, or a decimal numeric user @acronym{ID}.
4392
4393There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
4394@code{root}.  Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
4395their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
4396anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous
4397archives.  For example:
4398
4399@smallexample
4400@group
4401$ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=0 .}
4402# @r{Or:}
4403$ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=root .}
4404@end group
4405@end smallexample
4406
4407@item --group=@var{group}
4408@opindex group
4409
4410Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
4411rather than the group from the source file.  The argument @var{group}
4412can be either an existing group symbolic name, or a decimal numeric group @acronym{ID}.
4413@end table
4414
4415@node Ignore Failed Read
4416@subsection Ignore Fail Read
4417
4418@table @option
4419@item --ignore-failed-read
4420@opindex ignore-failed-read
4421Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4422@end table
4423
4424@node extract options
4425@section Options Used by @option{--extract}
4426@UNREVISED
4427
4428@xopindex{extract, additional options}
4429The previous chapter showed how to use @option{--extract} to extract
4430an archive into the file system.  Various options cause @command{tar} to
4431extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4432the permissions, the modification date, and so forth.  This section
4433presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
4434considerations arise.  You may review the information presented in
4435@ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4436@option{--extract} operation.
4437
4438@menu
4439* Reading::                     Options to Help Read Archives
4440* Writing::                     Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4441* Scarce::                      Coping with Scarce Resources
4442@end menu
4443
4444@node Reading
4445@subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4446@cindex Options when reading archives
4447@UNREVISED
4448
4449@cindex Reading incomplete records
4450@cindex Records, incomplete
4451@opindex read-full-records
4452Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4453an archive storage device.  If the device cannot return a full record,
4454@command{tar} will report an error.  However, some devices do not always
4455return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4456be padded out to the next record boundary.  To keep reading until you
4457obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4458an end-of-archive marker, specify the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option
4459in conjunction with the @option{--extract} or @option{--list} operations.
4460@xref{Blocking}.
4461
4462The @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option is turned on by default when
4463@command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4464machine.  This is because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, attempting to read a
4465pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4466less than was requested.  If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4467would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4468
4469If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4470read the archive by specifying @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) and
4471@option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
4472@var{512-size}}), using a blocking factor larger than what the archive
4473uses.  This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4474of an archive.  @xref{Blocking Factor}.
4475
4476@menu
4477* read full records::
4478* Ignore Zeros::
4479@end menu
4480
4481@node read full records
4482@unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4483
4484@FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4485
4486@table @option
4487@opindex read-full-records
4488@item --read-full-records
4489@item -B
4490Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4491@option{-x}) to read an archive which contains incomplete records, or
4492one which has a blocking factor less than the one specified.
4493@end table
4494
4495@node Ignore Zeros
4496@unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4497
4498@cindex End-of-archive blocks, ignoring
4499@cindex Ignoring end-of-archive blocks
4500@opindex ignore-zeros
4501Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4502between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4503@option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) allows @command{tar} to
4504completely read an archive which contains a block of zeros before the
4505end (i.e., a damaged archive, or one that was created by concatenating
4506several archives together).
4507
4508The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option is turned off by default because many
4509versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4510since that part of the media is never supposed to be read.  @GNUTAR{}
4511does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4512maintain compatibility among archiving utilities.
4513
4514@table @option
4515@item --ignore-zeros
4516@itemx -i
4517To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
4518encountered while reading an archive.  Use in conjunction with
4519@option{--extract} or @option{--list}.
4520@end table
4521
4522@node Writing
4523@subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4524@UNREVISED
4525
4526@FIXME{Introductory paragraph}
4527
4528@menu
4529* Dealing with Old Files::
4530* Overwrite Old Files::
4531* Keep Old Files::
4532* Keep Newer Files::
4533* Unlink First::
4534* Recursive Unlink::
4535* Data Modification Times::
4536* Setting Access Permissions::
4537* Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
4538* Writing to Standard Output::
4539* Writing to an External Program::
4540* remove files::
4541@end menu
4542
4543@node Dealing with Old Files
4544@unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4545
4546@xopindex{overwrite-dir, introduced}
4547When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4548file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4549extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4550links.  (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4551followed.)  However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4552nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4553permission, etc.).  The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4554default behavior.  To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4555such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4556
4557@cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4558@xopindex{keep-old-files, introduced}
4559To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4560the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option.  It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4561to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4562same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4563member.  Instead, it reports an error.
4564
4565@xopindex{overwrite, introduced}
4566To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4567@option{--overwrite} option.  It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4568existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4569
4570@cindex Protecting old files
4571Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4572to overwrite files with other files when extracting.  When extracting
4573a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4574state of the file system when the archive was created.  It is debatable
4575that this would always be a proper behavior.  For example, suppose one
4576has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4577@file{usr/local2}.  Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4578renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4579@file{/usr/local}.  Such things happen all the time.  I guess it would
4580not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4581whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4582(unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4583@file{/usr/local2}, of course!)  @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4584able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4585example, but @emph{only if} @option{--recursive-unlink} is specified
4586to allow this behavior.  In any case, single files are silently
4587removed.
4588
4589@xopindex{unlink-first, introduced}
4590Finally, the @option{--unlink-first} (@option{-U}) option can improve performance in
4591some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4592before extracting them.
4593
4594@node Overwrite Old Files
4595@unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4596
4597@table @option
4598@opindex overwrite
4599@item --overwrite
4600Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4601from an archive.
4602
4603This causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4604regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4605names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4606It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4607and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4608If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4609pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4610symbolic link itself (if this is possible).  Moreover, special devices,
4611empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4612they are in the way of extraction.
4613
4614Be careful when using the @option{--overwrite} option, particularly when
4615combined with the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option, as this combination
4616can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4617system.  Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4618are currently being executed.
4619
4620@opindex overwrite-dir
4621@item --overwrite-dir
4622Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4623archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4624@end table
4625
4626@node Keep Old Files
4627@unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4628
4629@table @option
4630@opindex keep-old-files
4631@item --keep-old-files
4632@itemx -k
4633Do not replace existing files from archive.  The
4634@option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option prevents @command{tar}
4635from replacing existing files with files with the same name from the
4636archive. The @option{--keep-old-files} option is meaningless with
4637@option{--list} (@option{-t}).  Prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4638files in the file system during extraction.
4639@end table
4640
4641@node Keep Newer Files
4642@unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4643
4644@table @option
4645@opindex keep-newer-files
4646@item --keep-newer-files
4647Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4648copies.  This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
4649@end table
4650
4651@node Unlink First
4652@unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4653
4654@table @option
4655@opindex unlink-first
4656@item --unlink-first
4657@itemx -U
4658Remove files before extracting over them.
4659This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4660that the extracted files all need to be removed.  Normally this option
4661slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4662@end table
4663
4664@node Recursive Unlink
4665@unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4666
4667@table @option
4668@opindex recursive-unlink
4669@item --recursive-unlink
4670When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4671before extracting over them.  @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4672@end table
4673
4674If you specify the @option{--recursive-unlink} option,
4675@command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4676as far as current permissions will allow it.  This could include removal
4677of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4678
4679@node Data Modification Times
4680@unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
4681
4682@cindex Data modification times of extracted files
4683@cindex Modification times of extracted files
4684Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
4685files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4686limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4687setting.
4688
4689To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
4690the files were extracted, use the @option{--touch} (@option{-m}) option in
4691conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
4692
4693@table @option
4694@opindex touch
4695@item --touch
4696@itemx -m
4697Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4698they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4699Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
4700@end table
4701
4702@node Setting Access Permissions
4703@unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4704
4705@cindex Permissions of extracted files
4706@cindex Modes of extracted files
4707To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4708recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
4709in conjunction with the @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4710@option{-x}) operation.
4711
4712@table @option
4713@opindex preserve-permissions
4714@opindex same-permissions
4715@item --preserve-permissions
4716@itemx --same-permissions
4717@c @itemx --ignore-umask
4718@itemx -p
4719Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4720archive, instead of current umask settings.  Use in conjunction with
4721@option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
4722@end table
4723
4724@node Directory Modification Times and Permissions
4725@unnumberedsubsubsec Directory Modification Times and Permissions
4726
4727After successfully extracting a file member, @GNUTAR{} normally
4728restores its permissions and modification times, as described in the
4729previous sections.  This cannot be done for directories, because
4730after extracting a directory @command{tar} will almost certainly
4731extract files into that directory and this will cause the directory
4732modification time to be updated.  Moreover, restoring that directory
4733permissions may not permit file creation within it.  Thus, restoring
4734directory permissions and modification times must be delayed at least
4735until all files have been extracted into that directory.  @GNUTAR{}
4736restores directories using the following approach.
4737
4738The extracted directories are created with the mode specified in the
4739archive, as modified by the umask of the user, which gives sufficient
4740permissions to allow file creation.  The meta-information about the
4741directory is recorded in the temporary list of directories.  When
4742preparing to extract next archive member, @GNUTAR{} checks if the
4743directory prefix of this file contains the remembered directory.  If
4744it does not, the program assumes that all files have been extracted
4745into that directory, restores its modification time and permissions
4746and removes its entry from the internal list.  This approach allows
4747to correctly restore directory meta-information in the majority of
4748cases, while keeping memory requirements sufficiently small.  It is
4749based on the fact, that most @command{tar} archives use the predefined
4750order of members: first the directory, then all the files and
4751subdirectories in that directory.
4752
4753However, this is not always true.  The most important exception are
4754incremental archives (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}).  The member order in
4755an incremental archive is reversed: first all directory members are
4756stored, followed by other (non-directory) members.  So, when extracting
4757from incremental archives, @GNUTAR{} alters the above procedure.  It
4758remembers all restored directories, and restores their meta-data
4759only after the entire archive has been processed.  Notice, that you do
4760not need to specify any special options for that, as @GNUTAR{}
4761automatically detects archives in incremental format.
4762
4763There may be cases, when such processing is required for normal archives
4764too.  Consider the following example:
4765
4766@smallexample
4767@group
4768$ @kbd{tar --no-recursion -cvf archive \
4769    foo foo/file1 bar bar/file foo/file2}
4770foo/
4771foo/file1
4772bar/
4773bar/file
4774foo/file2
4775@end group
4776@end smallexample
4777
4778During the normal operation, after encountering @file{bar}
4779@GNUTAR{} will assume that all files from the directory @file{foo}
4780were already extracted and will therefore restore its timestamp and
4781permission bits.  However, after extracting @file{foo/file2} the
4782directory timestamp will be offset again.
4783
4784To correctly restore directory meta-information in such cases, use
4785@option{delay-directory-restore} command line option:
4786
4787@table @option
4788@opindex delay-directory-restore
4789@item --delay-directory-restore
4790Delays restoring of the modification times and permissions of extracted
4791directories until the end of extraction.  This way, correct
4792meta-information is restored even if the archive has unusual member
4793ordering.
4794
4795@opindex no-delay-directory-restore
4796@item --no-delay-directory-restore
4797Cancel the effect of the previous @option{--delay-directory-restore}.
4798Use this option if you have used @option{--delay-directory-restore} in
4799@env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to
4800temporarily disable it.
4801@end table
4802
4803@node Writing to Standard Output
4804@unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4805
4806@cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4807@cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4808To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4809creating the files on the file system, use @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) in
4810conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).  This option is useful if you are
4811extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4812preserve them in the file system.  If you extract multiple members,
4813they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4814found in the archive.
4815
4816@table @option
4817@opindex to-stdout
4818@item --to-stdout
4819@itemx -O
4820Writes files to the standard output.  Use only in conjunction with
4821@option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).  When this option is
4822used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4823the contents of the files extracted to its standard output.  This may
4824be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4825through a pipe.  This option is meaningless with @option{--list}
4826(@option{-t}).
4827@end table
4828
4829This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4830a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4831it.  You can use a command like this:
4832
4833@smallexample
4834tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4835@end smallexample
4836
4837or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4838
4839@smallexample
4840tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4841@end smallexample
4842
4843However, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
4844multiple files. See the next section.
4845
4846@node Writing to an External Program
4847@unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
4848
4849You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
4850file to the standard input of an external program:
4851
4852@table @option
4853@opindex to-command
4854@item --to-command=@var{command}
4855Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
4856@var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
4857files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
4858contents of the files to its standard output. @var{Command} may
4859contain command line arguments. The program is executed via
4860@code{sh -c}. Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
4861extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.) are ignored when this
4862option is used.
4863@end table
4864
4865The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
4866from the following environment variables:
4867
4868@table @var
4869@vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
4870@item TAR_FILETYPE
4871Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
4872
4873@multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
4874@item f @tab Regular file
4875@item d @tab Directory
4876@item l @tab Symbolic link
4877@item h @tab Hard link
4878@item b @tab Block device
4879@item c @tab Character device
4880@end multitable
4881
4882Currently only regular files are supported.
4883
4884@vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
4885@item TAR_MODE
4886File mode, an octal number.
4887
4888@vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
4889@item TAR_FILENAME
4890The name of the file.
4891
4892@vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
4893@item TAR_REALNAME
4894Name of the file as stored in the archive.
4895
4896@vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
4897@item TAR_UNAME
4898Name of the file owner.
4899
4900@vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
4901@item TAR_GNAME
4902Name of the file owner group.
4903
4904@vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
4905@item TAR_ATIME
4906Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
4907since the epoch.  If the archive provides times with nanosecond
4908precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
4909decimal point.
4910
4911@vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
4912@item TAR_MTIME
4913Time of last modification.
4914
4915@vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
4916@item TAR_CTIME
4917Time of last status change.
4918
4919@vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
4920@item TAR_SIZE
4921Size of the file.
4922
4923@vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
4924@item TAR_UID
4925UID of the file owner.
4926
4927@vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
4928@item TAR_GID
4929GID of the file owner.
4930@end table
4931
4932In addition to these variables, @env{TAR_VERSION} contains the
4933@GNUTAR{} version number.
4934
4935If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
4936an error message similar to the following:
4937
4938@smallexample
4939tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
4940@end smallexample
4941
4942Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
4943
4944If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
4945
4946@table @option
4947@opindex ignore-command-error
4948@item --ignore-command-error
4949Ignore exit codes of subprocesses.  Notice that if the program
4950exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
4951will be printed even if this option is used.
4952
4953@opindex no-ignore-command-error
4954@item --no-ignore-command-error
4955Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
4956option. This option is useful if you have set
4957@option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
4958(@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
4959@end table
4960
4961@node remove files
4962@unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4963
4964@FIXME{The section is too terse. Something more to add? An example,
4965maybe?}
4966
4967@table @option
4968@opindex remove-files
4969@item --remove-files
4970Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4971@end table
4972
4973@node Scarce
4974@subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4975@UNREVISED
4976
4977@cindex Small memory
4978@cindex Running out of space
4979
4980@menu
4981* Starting File::
4982* Same Order::
4983@end menu
4984
4985@node Starting File
4986@unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4987
4988@table @option
4989@opindex starting-file
4990@item --starting-file=@var{name}
4991@itemx -K @var{name}
4992Starts an operation in the middle of an archive.  Use in conjunction
4993with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}) or @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
4994@end table
4995
4996@cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4997If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4998space, you can use @option{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@option{-K
4999@var{name}}) to start extracting only after member @var{name} of the
5000archive.  This assumes, of course, that there is now free space, or
5001that you are now extracting into a different file system.  (You could
5002also choose to suspend @command{tar}, remove unnecessary files from
5003the file system, and then restart the same @command{tar} operation.
5004In this case, @option{--starting-file} is not necessary.
5005@xref{Incremental Dumps}, @xref{interactive}, and @ref{exclude}.)
5006
5007@node Same Order
5008@unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
5009
5010@table @option
5011@cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
5012@opindex same-order
5013@opindex preserve-order
5014@item --same-order
5015@itemx --preserve-order
5016@itemx -s
5017To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
5018memory.  Use in conjunction with @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5019@option{-d}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or @option{--extract}
5020(@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5021@end table
5022
5023The @option{--same-order} (@option{--preserve-order}, @option{-s}) option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
5024names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
5025files in the archive.  This allows a large list of names to be used,
5026even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
5027the names in memory at the same time.  Such a sorted list can easily be
5028created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
5029
5030This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
5031
5032@node backup
5033@section Backup options
5034
5035@cindex backup options
5036
5037@GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
5038before writing new versions.  These options control the details of
5039these backups.  They may apply to the archive itself before it is
5040created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members.  Other
5041@acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
5042and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
5043
5044Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
5045containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
5046on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
5047has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
5048(This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
5049which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
5050When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
5051then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
5052true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
5053By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
5054
5055At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
5056change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users.  So, please
5057do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
5058For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
5059using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
5060good chances to fail.  Also, backup options apply to created archives,
5061not only to extracted members.  For created archives, backups will not
5062be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
5063refers to a remote file.
5064
5065For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
5066files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying.  The original
5067name is restored if the file creation fails.  If a failure occurs after a
5068partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
5069file are kept.
5070
5071@table @samp
5072@item --backup[=@var{method}]
5073@opindex backup
5074@vindex VERSION_CONTROL
5075@cindex backups
5076Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
5077Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
5078
5079Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
5080If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
5081environment variable.  And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
5082use the @samp{existing} method.
5083
5084@vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
5085This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
5086the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs.  This option
5087also allows more descriptive names.  The valid @var{method}s are:
5088
5089@table @samp
5090@item t
5091@itemx numbered
5092@cindex numbered @r{backup method}
5093Always make numbered backups.
5094
5095@item nil
5096@itemx existing
5097@cindex existing @r{backup method}
5098Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
5099of the others.
5100
5101@item never
5102@itemx simple
5103@cindex simple @r{backup method}
5104Always make simple backups.
5105
5106@end table
5107
5108@item --suffix=@var{suffix}
5109@opindex suffix
5110@cindex backup suffix
5111@vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
5112Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}.  If this
5113option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
5114environment variable is used.  And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
5115set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
5116
5117@end table
5118
5119@node Applications
5120@section Notable @command{tar} Usages
5121@UNREVISED
5122
5123@FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
5124structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
5125@command{tar}ring that directory.}
5126
5127@FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
5128
5129@findex uuencode
5130You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
5131one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
5132computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
5133the contents there.  The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
5134Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
5135archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
5136mail).  Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
5137long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
5138
5139For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
5140one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
5141link-structure of all the files therein.  In this case, the transfer
5142medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
5143
5144@smallexample
5145$ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5146@end smallexample
5147
5148@noindent
5149You can avoid subshells by using @option{-C} option:
5150
5151@smallexample
5152$ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xf -}
5153@end smallexample
5154
5155@noindent
5156The command also works using short option forms:
5157
5158@smallexample
5159$ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . ) \
5160       | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}
5161# Or:
5162$ @kbd{tar --directory sourcedir --create --file=- . ) \
5163       | tar --directory targetdir --extract --file=-}
5164@end smallexample
5165
5166@noindent
5167This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
5168
5169@node looking ahead
5170@section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
5171
5172You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
5173@command{tar}, and a number of the possible options.  The next chapter
5174explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
5175files to store names of other files which you can then call as
5176arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
5177archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
5178@FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
5179based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does.  i
5180just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
5181remember to stick it in here. :-)}
5182
5183If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
5184you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
5185@xref{files}.
5186
5187There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
5188and not archive them.  @xref{Choosing}.
5189
5190@node Backups
5191@chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
5192@UNREVISED
5193
5194@GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
5195which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups.  There
5196is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
5197files.  Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
5198to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
5199backups and restore.  You may well create your own, or use more
5200sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
5201
5202Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
5203Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
5204da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
5205This is free software, and it is available at these places:
5206
5207@smallexample
5208http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
5209ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
5210@end smallexample
5211
5212@FIXME{
5213
5214Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
5215scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
5216distribution.
5217
5218@itemize @bullet
5219@item dumps
5220 @itemize @minus
5221 @item what are dumps
5222 @item different levels of dumps
5223  @itemize +
5224  @item full dump = dump everything
5225  @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
5226        A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
5227        @var{n}-1 dump (?)
5228  @end itemize
5229 @item how to use scripts for dumps  (ie, the concept)
5230  @itemize +
5231  @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
5232  @end itemize
5233 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
5234  @itemize +
5235  @item how to customize
5236  @item actual text of script  [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
5237  @end itemize
5238 @item Problems
5239  @itemize +
5240   @item rsh doesn't work
5241   @item rtape isn't installed
5242   @item (others?)
5243  @end itemize
5244 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
5245 @item tapes
5246  @itemize +
5247  @item write protection
5248  @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
5249  @item files and tape marks
5250     one tape mark between files, two at end.
5251  @item positioning the tape
5252     MT writes two at end of write,
5253     backspaces over one when writing again.
5254  @end itemize
5255 @end itemize
5256@end itemize
5257}
5258
5259This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
5260options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
5261
5262To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
5263all the files in that file system.  Those archives can then be used to
5264restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
5265file is accidentally deleted).  File system @dfn{backups} are also
5266called @dfn{dumps}.
5267
5268@menu
5269* Full Dumps::                  Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5270* Incremental Dumps::           Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5271* Backup Levels::               Levels of Backups
5272* Backup Parameters::           Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5273* Scripted Backups::            Using the Backup Scripts
5274* Scripted Restoration::        Using the Restore Script
5275@end menu
5276
5277@node Full Dumps
5278@section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5279@UNREVISED
5280
5281@cindex full dumps
5282@cindex dumps, full
5283
5284@cindex corrupted archives
5285Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
5286are modifying files in the file system.  If files are modified while
5287@command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
5288the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
5289have to.  (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
5290not corrupt the entire archive.)
5291
5292You will want to use the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}}
5293(@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option to give the archive a
5294volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
5295falls off the tape, or anything like that.
5296
5297Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
5298one volume, you will need to use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option.
5299Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
5300
5301If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
5302the @option{--one-file-system} option to prevent
5303@command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when storing
5304(sub)directories.
5305
5306The @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) (@pxref{Incremental Dumps})
5307option is not needed, since this is a complete copy of everything in
5308the file system, and a full restore from this backup would only be
5309done onto a completely
5310empty disk.
5311
5312Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
5313tapes), it is a good idea to use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W})
5314option, to make sure your files really made it onto the dump properly.
5315This will also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just
5316after) it was being archived.  Not all media (notably cartridge tapes)
5317are capable of being verified, unfortunately.
5318
5319@node Incremental Dumps
5320@section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5321
5322@dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
5323stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
5324can be restored when extracting the archive.
5325
5326@GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
5327backups: @option{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@option{-g
5328@var{snapshot-file}}) and @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}).
5329
5330@opindex listed-incremental
5331The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
5332an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
5333file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}.  The purpose of this file is to help
5334determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
5335last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
5336modified files.  The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
5337to the option:
5338
5339@table @option
5340@item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
5341@itemx -g @var{file}
5342  Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
5343@end table
5344
5345To create an incremental backup, you would use
5346@option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
5347(@pxref{create}).  For example:
5348
5349@smallexample
5350$ @kbd{tar --create \
5351           --file=archive.1.tar \
5352           --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
5353           /usr}
5354@end smallexample
5355
5356This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
5357the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
5358@file{/var/log/usr.snar}.  If this file does not exist, it will be
5359created.  The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
5360please see the next section for more on backup levels.
5361
5362Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
5363determines which files are modified.  In this case only these files will be
5364stored in the archive.  Suppose, for example, that after running the
5365above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
5366directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
5367
5368@smallexample
5369$ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
5370/usr/local/db/data
5371/usr/local/db/index
5372@end smallexample
5373
5374Some time later you create another incremental backup.  You will
5375then see:
5376
5377@smallexample
5378$ @kbd{tar --create \
5379           --file=archive.2.tar \
5380           --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
5381           /usr}
5382tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
5383usr/local/db/
5384usr/local/db/data
5385usr/local/db/index
5386@end smallexample
5387
5388@noindent
5389The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
5390three members.  This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}.  Notice
5391that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
5392you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
5393create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
5394@command{tar}.  The above example will then be modified as follows:
5395
5396@smallexample
5397$ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
5398$ @kbd{tar --create \
5399           --file=archive.2.tar \
5400           --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
5401           /usr}
5402@end smallexample
5403
5404Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
5405unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
5406with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
5407backwards.
5408
5409Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
5410obviously is supposed to be a non-volatile value.  However, it turns
5411out that NFS devices have undependable values when an automounter
5412gets in the picture.  This can lead to a great deal of spurious
5413redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
5414two NFS devices numbers over time.  The solution implemented currently
5415is to considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes to
5416comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
5417to be a better way to go.
5418
5419Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
5420not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
5421
5422@xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--extract}}
5423@xopindex{extract, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
5424To extract from the incremental dumps, use
5425@option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
5426option (@pxref{extracting files}).  In this case, @command{tar} does
5427not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
5428extraction are stored in the archive itself.  So, when extracting, you
5429can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
5430practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
5431Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
5432arguments.  In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
5433used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
5434extracting incremental backups (for more information, regarding this
5435option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
5436
5437When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
5438restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
5439created.  In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
5440system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
5441created.  If you have created several levels of incremental files,
5442then in order to restore the exact contents the file system  had when
5443the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
5444in turn.  Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
5445file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
5446were created without @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
5447commands should be run from the root file system.}:
5448
5449@smallexample
5450$ @kbd{tar --extract \
5451           --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
5452           --file archive.1.tar}
5453$ @kbd{tar --extract \
5454           --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
5455           --file archive.2.tar}
5456@end smallexample
5457
5458To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
5459(@pxref{list}), as usual.  To obtain more information about the
5460archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
5461combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
5462@option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
5463verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
5464scripts.
5465
5466@xopindex{incremental, using with @option{--list}}
5467@xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--list}}
5468@xopindex{list, using with @option{--incremental}}
5469@xopindex{list, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
5470Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
5471contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
5472@option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
5473given, no matter what the verbosity level.  This behavior, and,
5474especially, the binary output it produced were considered inconvenient
5475and were changed in version 1.16}:
5476
5477@smallexample
5478@kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
5479@end smallexample
5480
5481This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
5482of files in that directory at the time the archive was created.  This
5483information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
5484unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
5485
5486@smallexample
5487@var{x} @var{file}
5488@end smallexample
5489
5490@noindent
5491where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
5492if the file  is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
5493included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
5494is included in the archive).  @xref{Dumpdir}, for the detailed
5495description of dumpdirs and status codes.  Each such
5496line is terminated by a newline character.  The last line is followed
5497by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
5498
5499@anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
5500gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
5501with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options.  When used with
5502@option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
5503creating snapshot file.  Thus, it is impossible to create several
5504levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
5505
5506@node Backup Levels
5507@section Levels of Backups
5508
5509An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
5510@dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}.  You could insure your data by
5511creating a full dump every day.  This strategy, however, would waste a
5512substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
5513are daily re-archived.
5514
5515It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally.  To back up
5516files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}.  A @dfn{level
5517one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
5518dump.
5519
5520A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
5521and a level one dump once a day.  This means some versions of files
5522will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
5523it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
5524only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
5525last daily (level one) dump.  The only information lost would be in
5526files changed or created since the last daily backup.  (Doing dumps
5527more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
5528
5529@GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
5530and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps.  Using
5531scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
5532convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
5533and @command{tar} commands by hand.
5534
5535Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
5536@file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
5537scripts and by the restore script.  This file is usually located
5538in @file{/etc/backup} directory.  @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
5539detailed description.  Once the backup parameters are set, you can
5540perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
5541
5542The name of the backup script is @code{backup}.  The name of the
5543restore script is @code{restore}.  The following sections describe
5544their use in detail.
5545
5546@emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
5547designed to be used together.  While it is possible to restore files by
5548hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
5549an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
5550it is easier to use the scripts.  @xref{Incremental Dumps}, before
5551making such an attempt.
5552
5553@node Backup Parameters
5554@section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5555
5556The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
5557backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}.  You must
5558edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
5559before using these scripts.
5560
5561Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
5562mainly variable assignments.  However, any valid shell construct
5563is allowed in this file.  Particularly, you may wish to define
5564functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
5565For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
5566@url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
5567g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}.  See also
5568@ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
5569
5570The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
5571@code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
5572
5573@menu
5574* General-Purpose Variables::
5575* Magnetic Tape Control::
5576* User Hooks::
5577* backup-specs example::        An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5578@end menu
5579
5580@node General-Purpose Variables
5581@subsection General-Purpose Variables
5582
5583@defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
5584The user name of the backup administrator.  @code{Backup} scripts
5585sends a backup report to this address.
5586@end defvr
5587
5588@defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
5589The hour at which the backups are done.  This can be a number from 0
5590to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
5591or the string @samp{now}.
5592
5593This variable is used by @code{backup}.  Its value may be overridden
5594using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
5595@end defvr
5596
5597@defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
5598
5599The device @command{tar} writes the archive to.  If @var{TAPE_FILE}
5600is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
5601that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices.  If @var{RSH}
5602(@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
5603invocations of @command{mt}.
5604@end defvr
5605
5606@defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
5607
5608The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
5609@xref{Blocking Factor}.
5610@end defvr
5611
5612@defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
5613
5614A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5615(for @code{restore}).  You can include any directory
5616name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
5617included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
5618Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
5619
5620The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5621normally be the host that actually contains the file system.  However,
5622the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5623must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5624their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5625machine where the scripts are run (i.e., what @command{pwd} will print
5626when in that directory on that machine).  If the host that contains
5627the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5628host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5629
5630If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
5631in a separate file.  This file is usually named
5632@file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
5633@file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
5634@end defvr
5635
5636@defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
5637
5638The name of the file that contains a list of file systems to backup
5639or restore.  By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
5640@end defvr
5641
5642@defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
5643
5644A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5645(for @code{restore}).  These should be accessible from the machine on
5646which the backup script is run.
5647
5648If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
5649in a separate file.  This file is usually named
5650@file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
5651@file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
5652@end defvr
5653
5654@defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
5655
5656The name of the file that contains a list of individual files to backup
5657or restore.  By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
5658@end defvr
5659
5660@defvr {Backup variable} MT
5661
5662Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
5663@end defvr
5664
5665@defvr {Backup variable} RSH
5666@anchor{RSH}
5667Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent.  You may wish to
5668set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security.  In this case you will have
5669to use public key authentication.
5670@end defvr
5671
5672@defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
5673
5674Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote machines.  This will
5675be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
5676of @GNUTAR{}.
5677@end defvr
5678
5679@defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
5680
5681Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers.  This needs to be accessible
5682by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
5683@end defvr
5684
5685@defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5686
5687Name of @dfn{exclude file list}.  An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5688located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5689be excluded from the backup.  Exclude file lists are searched in
5690/etc/tar-backup directory.  A common use for exclude file lists
5691is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5692(e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5693
5694This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5695@end defvr
5696
5697@defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5698
5699Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
5700
5701This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5702@end defvr
5703
5704@defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5705
5706Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5707volume.  Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5708If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in
5709prompt, and will expect confirmation from the console.  For the
5710description of the default prompt, see @ref{change volume prompt}.
5711
5712@end defvr
5713
5714@defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5715
5716Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time.  Usually
5717this will just be some literal text.
5718@end defvr
5719
5720@defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5721
5722Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable.  If this is not set, backup
5723scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5724@end defvr
5725
5726@node Magnetic Tape Control
5727@subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5728
5729Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5730These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5731device.  Their names are kept in the following variables:
5732
5733@defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5734The name of @dfn{begin} function.  This function is called before
5735accessing the drive.  By default it retensions the tape:
5736
5737@smallexample
5738MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5739
5740mt_begin() @{
5741    mt -f "$1" retension
5742@}
5743@end smallexample
5744@end defvr
5745
5746@defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5747The name of @dfn{rewind} function.  The default definition is as
5748follows:
5749
5750@smallexample
5751MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5752
5753mt_rewind() @{
5754    mt -f "$1" rewind
5755@}
5756@end smallexample
5757
5758@end defvr
5759
5760@defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5761The name of the function switching the tape off line.  By default
5762it is defined as follows:
5763
5764@smallexample
5765MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5766
5767mt_offline() @{
5768    mt -f "$1" offl
5769@}
5770@end smallexample
5771@end defvr
5772
5773@defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5774The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5775including error count.  Default definition:
5776
5777@smallexample
5778MT_STATUS=mt_status
5779
5780mt_status() @{
5781    mt -f "$1" status
5782@}
5783@end smallexample
5784@end defvr
5785
5786@node User Hooks
5787@subsection User Hooks
5788
5789@dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5790each @command{tar} invocation.  Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5791hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5792system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5793after restoring a file system.  Each user hook is a shell function
5794taking four arguments:
5795
5796@deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5797Its arguments are:
5798
5799@table @var
5800@item level
5801Current backup or restore level.
5802
5803@item host
5804Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5805
5806@item fs
5807Full file name of the file system being dumped or restored.
5808
5809@item fsname
5810File system name with directory separators replaced with colons.  This
5811is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
5812@end table
5813@end deffn
5814
5815Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5816
5817@defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5818Dump begin function.  It is executed before dumping the file system.
5819@end defvr
5820
5821@defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5822Executed after dumping the file system.
5823@end defvr
5824
5825@defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5826Executed before restoring the file system.
5827@end defvr
5828
5829@defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5830Executed after restoring the file system.
5831@end defvr
5832
5833@node backup-specs example
5834@subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5835
5836The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5837
5838@smallexample
5839# site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5840
5841ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5842BACKUP_HOUR=1
5843TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5844
5845# Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5846RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5847RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5848
5849# Override MT_STATUS function:
5850my_status() @{
5851      mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5852@}
5853MT_STATUS=my_status
5854
5855# Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5856MT_OFFLINE=:
5857
5858BLOCKING=124
5859BACKUP_DIRS="
5860        albert:/fs/fsf
5861        apple-gunkies:/gd
5862        albert:/fs/gd2
5863        albert:/fs/gp
5864        geech:/usr/jla
5865        churchy:/usr/roland
5866        albert:/
5867        albert:/usr
5868        apple-gunkies:/
5869        apple-gunkies:/usr
5870        gnu:/hack
5871        gnu:/u
5872        apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5873        apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5874
5875BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5876
5877@end smallexample
5878
5879@node Scripted Backups
5880@section Using the Backup Scripts
5881
5882The syntax for running a backup script is:
5883
5884@smallexample
5885backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5886@end smallexample
5887
5888The @option{level} option requests the dump level.  Thus, to produce
5889a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5890@option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5891@footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5892try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5893script itself.  If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5894followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5895the dump level number.  Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5896to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5897create a level one dump.}
5898
5899The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5900run.  @var{Time} may take three forms:
5901
5902@table @asis
5903@item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5904
5905The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5906
5907@item @var{hh}
5908
5909The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5910
5911@item now
5912
5913The dump must be run immediately.
5914@end table
5915
5916You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted.  Once you
5917start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5918needs them.  Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5919files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5920tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5921The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5922so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5923(or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5924Restoration}).
5925
5926The backup scripts write two files on the file system.  The first is a
5927record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5928to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped.  This
5929file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5930them.  @xref{Snapshot Files}, for a more detailed explanation of this
5931file.
5932
5933The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5934and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5935messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5936the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5937You should check this log file after every backup.  The file name is
5938@file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5939represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5940
5941The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5942standard output.
5943
5944Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5945script:
5946
5947@table @option
5948@item -l @var{level}
5949@itemx --level=@var{level}
5950Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5951
5952@item -f
5953@itemx --force
5954Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5955
5956@item -v[@var{level}]
5957@itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5958Set verbosity level.  The higher the level is, the more debugging
5959information will be output during execution.  Default @var{level}
5960is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5961
5962@item -t @var{start-time}
5963@itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5964Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5965
5966@item -h
5967@itemx --help
5968Display short help message and exit.
5969
5970@item -V
5971@itemx --version
5972Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
5973status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
5974@end table
5975
5976
5977@node Scripted Restoration
5978@section Using the Restore Script
5979
5980To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5981@code{restore} script.  Its usage is quite straightforward.  In the
5982simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
5983then restore all the file systems and files specified in
5984@file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5985
5986You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
5987giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5988line.  For example, running
5989
5990@smallexample
5991restore 'albert:*'
5992@end smallexample
5993
5994@noindent
5995will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}.  A more
5996complicated example:
5997
5998@smallexample
5999restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
6000@end smallexample
6001
6002@noindent
6003This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
6004as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
6005
6006By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
6007available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
6008all available dump levels.  There may be situations where such a
6009thorough restore is not necessary.  For example, you may wish to
6010restore only files from the recent level one backup.  To do so,
6011use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
6012
6013@smallexample
6014restore --level=1
6015@end smallexample
6016
6017The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
6018
6019@table @option
6020@item -a
6021@itemx --all
6022Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
6023
6024@item -l @var{level}
6025@itemx --level=@var{level}
6026Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
6027
6028@item -v[@var{level}]
6029@itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6030Set verbosity level.  The higher the level is, the more debugging
6031information will be output during execution.  Default @var{level}
6032is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6033
6034@item -h
6035@itemx --help
6036Display short help message and exit.
6037
6038@item -V
6039@itemx --version
6040Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6041status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6042@end table
6043
6044You should start the restore script with the media containing the
6045first volume of the archive mounted.  The script will prompt for other
6046volumes as they are needed.  If the archive is on tape, you don't need
6047to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
6048positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
6049the tape as needed.  @xref{Tape Positioning}, for a discussion of tape
6050positioning.
6051
6052@quotation
6053@strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
6054system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
6055@end quotation
6056
6057@xref{Incremental Dumps}, for an explanation of how the script makes
6058that determination.
6059
6060@node Choosing
6061@chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
6062@UNREVISED
6063
6064Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
6065archive.  Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
6066from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
6067the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
6068are in specified directories.
6069
6070This chapter discusses these options in detail.
6071
6072@menu
6073* file::                        Choosing the Archive's Name
6074* Selecting Archive Members::
6075* files::                       Reading Names from a File
6076* exclude::                     Excluding Some Files
6077* wildcards::                   Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6078* quoting styles::              Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
6079* transform::                   Modifying File and Member Names
6080* after::                       Operating Only on New Files
6081* recurse::                     Descending into Directories
6082* one::                         Crossing File System Boundaries
6083@end menu
6084
6085@node file
6086@section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
6087@UNREVISED
6088
6089@cindex Naming an archive
6090@cindex Archive Name
6091@cindex Choosing an archive file
6092@cindex Where is the archive?
6093By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
6094it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
6095tape drive on the machine.  However, the person who installed @command{tar}
6096on the system may not have set the default to a meaningful value as far as
6097most users are concerned.  As a result, you will usually want to tell
6098@command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive.  The
6099@option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}})
6100option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
6101instead of the default archive file location.
6102
6103@table @option
6104@xopindex{file, short description}
6105@item --file=@var{archive-name}
6106@itemx -f @var{archive-name}
6107Name the archive to create or operate on.  Use in conjunction with
6108any operation.
6109@end table
6110
6111For example, in this @command{tar} command,
6112
6113@smallexample
6114$ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
6115@end smallexample
6116
6117@noindent
6118@file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive.  It must directly
6119follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
6120@emph{will} end up naming the archive.  If you neglect to specify an
6121archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
6122with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
6123for the archive name.
6124
6125An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
6126pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
6127floppy disk, or CD write drive.
6128
6129@cindex Writing new archives
6130@cindex Archive creation
6131If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
6132environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive.  If
6133that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
6134name, usually that for tape unit zero (i.e., @file{/dev/tu00}).
6135
6136@cindex Standard input and output
6137@cindex tar to standard input and output
6138If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
6139archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
6140writes it to standard output (when creating an archive).  If you use
6141@file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
6142@command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
6143writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
6144
6145The following example is a convenient way of copying directory
6146hierarchy from @file{sourcedir} to @file{targetdir}.
6147
6148@smallexample
6149$ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xpf -)}
6150@end smallexample
6151
6152The @option{-C} option allows to avoid using subshells:
6153
6154@smallexample
6155$ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xpf -}
6156@end smallexample
6157
6158In both examples above, the leftmost @command{tar} invocation archives
6159the contents of @file{sourcedir} to the standard output, while the
6160rightmost one reads this archive from its standard input and
6161extracts it.  The @option{-p} option tells it to restore permissions
6162of the extracted files.
6163
6164@cindex Remote devices
6165@cindex tar to a remote device
6166@anchor{remote-dev}
6167To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
6168use the following:
6169
6170@smallexample
6171@kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}
6172@end smallexample
6173
6174@noindent
6175@command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
6176prompt you for a username and password.  If you use
6177@option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}, @command{tar}
6178will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
6179as the username on the remote machine.
6180
6181@cindex Local and remote archives
6182@anchor{local and remote archives}
6183If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
6184to be a file on another machine.  If the archive file is
6185@samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
6186host @var{host}.  The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
6187program, with a username of @var{user}.  If the username is omitted
6188(along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
6189(This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.)  It is necessary for the
6190remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
6191have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
6192the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
6193@file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
6194installation prefix).  If you need to use a file whose name includes a
6195colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
6196can be inhibited by using the @option{--force-local} option.
6197
6198When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
6199tries to minimize input and output operations.  The Amanda backup
6200system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has an initial sizing pass which
6201uses this feature.
6202
6203@node Selecting Archive Members
6204@section Selecting Archive Members
6205@cindex Specifying files to act on
6206@cindex Specifying archive members
6207
6208@dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
6209@command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
6210archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
6211an archive.  @xref{Operations}.
6212
6213To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
6214the command line, as follows:
6215@smallexample
6216@kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
6217@end smallexample
6218
6219If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), precede it with
6220@option{--add-file} option to prevent it from being treated as an
6221option.
6222
6223@anchor{input name quoting}
6224By default @GNUTAR{} attempts to @dfn{unquote} each file or member
6225name, replacing @dfn{escape sequences} according to the following
6226table:
6227
6228@multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.60
6229@headitem Escape @tab Replaced with
6230@item \a         @tab Audible bell (@acronym{ASCII} 7)
6231@item \b         @tab Backspace (@acronym{ASCII} 8)
6232@item \f         @tab Form feed (@acronym{ASCII} 12)
6233@item \n         @tab New line (@acronym{ASCII} 10)
6234@item \r         @tab Carriage return (@acronym{ASCII} 13)
6235@item \t         @tab Horizontal tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 9)
6236@item \v         @tab Vertical tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 11)
6237@item \?         @tab @acronym{ASCII} 127
6238@item \@var{n}   @tab @acronym{ASCII} @var{n} (@var{n} should be an octal number
6239                 of up to 3 digits)
6240@end multitable
6241
6242A backslash followed by any other symbol is retained.
6243
6244This default behavior is controlled by the following command line
6245option:
6246
6247@table @option
6248@opindex unquote
6249@item --unquote
6250Enable unquoting input file or member names (default).
6251
6252@opindex no-unquote
6253@item --no-unquote
6254Disable unquoting input file or member names.
6255@end table
6256
6257If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
6258in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
6259
6260If you do not specify files, @command{tar} behavior differs depending
6261on the operation mode as described below:
6262
6263When @command{tar} is invoked with @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
6264@command{tar} will stop immediately, reporting the following:
6265
6266@smallexample
6267@group
6268$ @kbd{tar cf a.tar}
6269tar: Cowardly refusing to create an empty archive
6270Try `tar --help' or `tar --usage' for more information.
6271@end group
6272@end smallexample
6273
6274If you specify either @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
6275@option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @command{tar}
6276operates on all the archive members in the archive.
6277
6278If run with @option{--diff} option, tar will compare the archive with
6279the contents of the current working directory.
6280
6281If you specify any other operation, @command{tar} does nothing.
6282
6283By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line.  However,
6284there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
6285manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
6286operate.  In general, these methods work both for specifying the names
6287of files and archive members.
6288
6289@node files
6290@section Reading Names from a File
6291
6292@cindex Reading file names from a file
6293@cindex Lists of file names
6294@cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
6295Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
6296line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
6297@option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T
6298@var{file-of-names}}) option to @command{tar}.  Give the name of the
6299file which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
6300@option{--files-from}.  In the list, the file names should be separated by
6301newlines.  You will frequently use this option when you have generated
6302the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
6303
6304@table @option
6305@opindex files-from
6306@item --files-from=@var{file-name}
6307@itemx -T @var{file-name}
6308Get names to extract or create from file @var{file-name}.
6309@end table
6310
6311If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
6312you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
6313names are read from standard input.
6314
6315Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
6316both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
6317command.
6318
6319Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
6320
6321The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
6322files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
6323called @file{small-files}.  You can then use the @option{-T} option to
6324@command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
6325create the archive @file{little.tgz}.  (The @option{-z} option to
6326@command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
6327more information.)
6328
6329@smallexample
6330$ @kbd{find .  -size -400 -print > small-files}
6331$ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
6332@end smallexample
6333
6334@noindent
6335In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
6336with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
6337processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
6338recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
6339option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
6340the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
6341specifying @option{-C} option:
6342
6343@smallexample
6344@group
6345$ @kbd{cat list}
6346-C/etc
6347passwd
6348hosts
6349-C/lib
6350libc.a
6351$ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6352@end group
6353@end smallexample
6354
6355@noindent
6356In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
6357directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
6358archive.  Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
6359the file @file{libc.a}.  Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
6360contain:
6361
6362@smallexample
6363@group
6364$ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
6365passwd
6366hosts
6367libc.a
6368@end group
6369@end smallexample
6370
6371@noindent
6372@xopindex{directory, using in @option{--files-from} argument}
6373Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
6374stricter than the one used by shell.  Namely, when specifying option
6375arguments, you should observe the following rules:
6376
6377@itemize @bullet
6378@item
6379When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
6380immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
6381whitespace.  For example: @code{-Cdir}.
6382
6383@item
6384When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
6385from the option by a single equal sign.  No whitespace is allowed on
6386any side of the equal sign.  For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
6387
6388@item
6389For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
6390on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
6391
6392@smallexample
6393@group
6394--directory
6395dir
6396@end group
6397@end smallexample
6398
6399@noindent
6400and
6401
6402@smallexample
6403@group
6404-C
6405dir
6406@end group
6407@end smallexample
6408@end itemize
6409
6410@opindex add-file
6411If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
6412precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
6413being recognized as an option.  For example: @code{--add-file=--my-file}.
6414
6415@menu
6416* nul::
6417@end menu
6418
6419@node nul
6420@subsection @code{NUL} Terminated File Names
6421
6422@cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
6423@cindex @code{NUL} terminated file names
6424The @option{--null} option causes
6425@option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}})
6426to read file names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so
6427files whose names contain newlines can be archived using
6428@option{--files-from}.
6429
6430@table @option
6431@opindex null
6432@item --null
6433Only consider @code{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
6434terminate in a newline.
6435@end table
6436
6437The @option{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
6438@command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
6439@option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}.  In
6440@command{tar}, @option{--null} also disables special handling for
6441file names that begin with dash.
6442
6443This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
6444larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
6445@file{long-files}.  The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
6446like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
6447rather than with a newline.  You can then run @command{tar} with both the
6448@option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
6449files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
6450@file{big.tgz}.  The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
6451@command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
6452
6453@smallexample
6454$ @kbd{find .  -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
6455$ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
6456@end smallexample
6457
6458@FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
6459
6460@node exclude
6461@section Excluding Some Files
6462@UNREVISED
6463
6464@cindex File names, excluding files by
6465@cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
6466@cindex Excluding files by file system
6467To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
6468use the @option{--exclude} or @option{--exclude-from} options.
6469
6470@table @option
6471@opindex exclude
6472@item --exclude=@var{pattern}
6473Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
6474@end table
6475
6476@findex exclude
6477The @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option prevents any file or
6478member whose name matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from
6479being operated on.
6480For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
6481@file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
6482command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
6483
6484You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
6485
6486@table @option
6487@opindex exclude-from
6488@item --exclude-from=@var{file}
6489@itemx -X @var{file}
6490Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
6491@var{file}.
6492@end table
6493
6494@findex exclude-from
6495Use the @option{--exclude-from} option to read a
6496list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
6497ignore files matching those patterns.  Thus if @command{tar} is
6498called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
6499single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
6500added to the archive.
6501
6502@findex exclude-caches
6503When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option family
6504causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
6505directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
6506well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
6507specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
6508Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
6509use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
6510more easily excluded from backups.
6511
6512There are three @samp{exclude-caches} option, providing a different
6513exclusion semantics:
6514
6515@table @option
6516@opindex exclude-caches
6517@item --exclude-caches
6518Do not archive the contents of the directory, but archive the
6519directory itself and the @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file.
6520
6521@opindex exclude-caches-under
6522@item --exclude-caches-under
6523Do not archive the contents of the directory, nor the
6524@file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file, archive only the directory itself.
6525
6526@opindex exclude-caches-all
6527@item --exclude-caches-all
6528Omit directories containing @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file entirely.
6529@end table
6530
6531@findex exclude-tag
6532Another option family, @option{--exclude-tag}, provides a generalization of
6533this concept.  It takes a single argument, a file name to look for.
6534Any directory that contains this file will be excluded from the dump.
6535Similarly to @samp{exclude-caches}, there are three options in this
6536option family:
6537
6538@table @option
6539@opindex exclude-tag
6540@item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
6541Do not dump the contents of the directory, but dump the
6542directory itself and the @var{file}.
6543
6544@opindex exclude-tag-under
6545@item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
6546Do not dump the contents of the directory, nor the
6547@var{file}, archive only the directory itself.
6548
6549@opindex exclude-tag-all
6550@item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
6551Omit directories containing @var{file} file entirely.
6552@end table
6553
6554Multiple @option{--exclude-tag*} options can be given.
6555
6556For example, given this directory:
6557
6558@smallexample
6559@group
6560$ @kbd{find dir}
6561dir
6562dir/blues
6563dir/jazz
6564dir/folk
6565dir/folk/tagfile
6566dir/folk/sanjuan
6567dir/folk/trote
6568@end group
6569@end smallexample
6570
6571The @option{--exclude-tag} will produce the following:
6572
6573@smallexample
6574$ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag=tagfile -v dir}
6575dir/
6576dir/blues
6577dir/jazz
6578dir/folk/
6579tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
6580  contents not dumped
6581dir/folk/tagfile
6582@end smallexample
6583
6584Both the @file{dir/folk} directory and its tagfile are preserved in
6585the archive, however the rest of files in this directory are not.
6586
6587Now, using the @option{--exclude-tag-under} option will exclude
6588@file{tagfile} from the dump, while still preserving the directory
6589itself, as shown in this example:
6590
6591@smallexample
6592$ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-under=tagfile -v dir}
6593dir/
6594dir/blues
6595dir/jazz
6596dir/folk/
6597./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
6598  contents not dumped
6599@end smallexample
6600
6601Finally, using @option{--exclude-tag-all} omits the @file{dir/folk}
6602directory entirely:
6603
6604@smallexample
6605$ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-all=tagfile -v dir}
6606dir/
6607dir/blues
6608dir/jazz
6609./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
6610  directory not dumped
6611@end smallexample
6612
6613@menu
6614* problems with exclude::
6615@end menu
6616
6617@node problems with exclude
6618@unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
6619
6620@xopindex{exclude, potential problems with}
6621Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing.  Here are some common
6622pitfalls:
6623
6624@itemize @bullet
6625@item
6626The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a file name
6627explicitly listed on the command line, if one of its file name
6628components is excluded.  In the example above, if
6629you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
6630explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
6631listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
6632
6633@item
6634You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @option{--exclude} and
6635@option{--exclude-from}.  Be careful: use @option{--exclude} when files
6636to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line.  Use
6637@option{--exclude-from} to introduce the name of a file which contains
6638a list of patterns, one per line; each of these patterns can exclude
6639zero, one, or many files.
6640
6641@item
6642When you use @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}}, be sure to quote the
6643@var{pattern} parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
6644like @samp{*}.  If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
6645@samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
6646list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
6647command somewhat illegal.  This might not correspond to what you want.
6648
6649For example, write:
6650
6651@smallexample
6652$ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
6653@end smallexample
6654
6655@noindent
6656rather than:
6657
6658@smallexample
6659# @emph{Wrong!}
6660$ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
6661@end smallexample
6662
6663@item
6664You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
6665syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}.  If you try to use
6666@code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
6667might fail.
6668
6669@item
6670@FIXME{The change in semantics must have occurred before 1.11,
6671so I doubt if it is worth mentioning at all. Anyway, should at
6672least specify in which version the semantics changed.}
6673In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
6674@option{--exclude-from} option was called @option{--exclude} instead.
6675Now, @option{--exclude} applies to patterns listed on the command
6676line and @option{--exclude-from} applies to patterns listed in a
6677file.
6678
6679@end itemize
6680
6681@node wildcards
6682@section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6683
6684@dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
6685@samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
6686existing files matching the given pattern.  @GNUTAR{} can use wildcard
6687patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members when extracting
6688from or listing an archive.  Wildcard patterns are also used for
6689verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives.  This section has the
6690purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
6691
6692@FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
6693
6694A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
6695characters to effect globbing.  Most characters in the pattern stand
6696for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
6697will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}.  The character @samp{?} in the
6698pattern matches any single character in the matched string.  The character
6699@samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
6700the matched string.  The character @samp{\} says to take the following
6701character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
6702match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
6703
6704The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
6705class.  A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
6706for the next single character of the matched string.  For example,
6707@samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
6708Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
6709listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
6710@samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
6711@samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}.  (Due to parsing constraints,
6712the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
6713@emph{last} in a character class.)
6714
6715@cindex Excluding characters from a character class
6716@cindex Character class, excluding characters from
6717If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
6718is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
6719Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
6720are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
6721
6722Other characters of the class stand for themselves.  The special
6723construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
6724letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
6725@var{e}, inclusive.
6726
6727@FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
6728who don't have dan around.}
6729
6730Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
6731special for wildcard matches.  However, if a pattern completely matches
6732a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
6733string: thus, excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
6734
6735@menu
6736* controlling pattern-matching::
6737@end menu
6738
6739@node controlling pattern-matching
6740@unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching
6741
6742For the purposes of this section, we call @dfn{exclusion members} all
6743member names obtained while processing @option{--exclude} and
6744@option{--exclude-from} options, and @dfn{inclusion members} those
6745member names that were given in the command line or read from the file
6746specified with @option{--files-from} option.
6747
6748These two pairs of member lists are used in the following operations:
6749@option{--diff}, @option{--extract}, @option{--list},
6750@option{--update}.
6751
6752There are no inclusion members in create mode (@option{--create} and
6753@option{--append}), since in this mode the names obtained from the
6754command line refer to @emph{files}, not archive members.
6755
6756By default, inclusion members are compared with archive members
6757literally @footnote{Notice that earlier @GNUTAR{} versions used
6758globbing for inclusion members, which contradicted to UNIX98
6759specification and was not documented. @xref{Changes}, for more
6760information on this and other changes.} and exclusion members are
6761treated as globbing patterns.  For example:
6762
6763@smallexample
6764@group
6765$ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
6766a.c
6767b.c
6768a.txt
6769[remarks]
6770# @i{Member names are used verbatim:}
6771$ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v '[remarks]'}
6772[remarks]
6773# @i{Exclude member names are globbed:}
6774$ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --exclude '*.c'}
6775a.txt
6776[remarks]
6777@end group
6778@end smallexample
6779
6780This behavior can be altered by using the following options:
6781
6782@table @option
6783@opindex wildcards
6784@item --wildcards
6785Treat all member names as wildcards.
6786
6787@opindex no-wildcards
6788@item --no-wildcards
6789Treat all member names as literal strings.
6790@end table
6791
6792Thus, to extract files whose names end in @samp{.c}, you can use:
6793
6794@smallexample
6795$ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --wildcards '*.c'}
6796a.c
6797b.c
6798@end smallexample
6799
6800@noindent
6801Notice quoting of the pattern to prevent the shell from interpreting
6802it.
6803
6804The effect of @option{--wildcards} option is canceled by
6805@option{--no-wildcards}.  This can be used to pass part of
6806the command line arguments verbatim and other part as globbing
6807patterns.  For example, the following invocation:
6808
6809@smallexample
6810$ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar --wildcards '*.txt' --no-wildcards '[remarks]'}
6811@end smallexample
6812
6813@noindent
6814instructs @command{tar} to extract from @file{foo.tar} all files whose
6815names end in @samp{.txt} and the file named @file{[remarks]}.
6816
6817Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
6818name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
6819@samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
6820and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
6821
6822Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
6823(@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is.  For
6824example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
6825before deciding whether to exclude it.
6826
6827However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
6828below.  These options accumulate.  For example:
6829
6830@smallexample
6831--ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
6832@end smallexample
6833
6834@noindent
6835ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
6836@samp{readme}.
6837
6838@table @option
6839@opindex anchored
6840@opindex no-anchored
6841@item --anchored
6842@itemx --no-anchored
6843If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
6844of the name's components.  Otherwise, the pattern can match any
6845subsequence.  Default is @option{--no-anchored} for exclusion members
6846and @option{--anchored} inclusion members.
6847
6848@opindex ignore-case
6849@opindex no-ignore-case
6850@item --ignore-case
6851@itemx --no-ignore-case
6852When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
6853When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
6854
6855@opindex wildcards-match-slash
6856@opindex no-wildcards-match-slash
6857@item --wildcards-match-slash
6858@itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
6859When wildcards match slash (the default for exclusion members), a
6860wildcard like @samp{*} in the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the
6861name.  Otherwise, @samp{/} is matched only by @samp{/}.
6862
6863@end table
6864
6865The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
6866(@pxref{recurse}) also affect how member patterns are interpreted.  If
6867recursion is in effect, a pattern matches a name if it matches any of
6868the name's parent directories.
6869
6870The following table summarizes pattern-matching default values:
6871
6872@multitable @columnfractions .3 .7
6873@headitem Members @tab Default settings
6874@item Inclusion @tab @option{--no-wildcards --anchored --no-wildcards-match-slash}
6875@item Exclusion @tab @option{--wildcards --no-anchored --wildcards-match-slash}
6876@end multitable
6877
6878@node quoting styles
6879@section Quoting Member Names
6880
6881When displaying member names, @command{tar} takes care to avoid
6882ambiguities caused by certain characters.  This is called @dfn{name
6883quoting}.  The characters in question are:
6884
6885@itemize @bullet
6886@item Non-printable control characters:
6887
6888@multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.10 0.60
6889@headitem Character @tab @acronym{ASCII} @tab Character name
6890@item \a @tab 7  @tab Audible bell
6891@item \b @tab 8  @tab Backspace
6892@item \f @tab 12 @tab Form feed
6893@item \n @tab 10 @tab New line
6894@item \r @tab 13 @tab Carriage return
6895@item \t @tab 9  @tab Horizontal tabulation
6896@item \v @tab 11 @tab Vertical tabulation
6897@end multitable
6898
6899@item Space (@acronym{ASCII} 32)
6900
6901@item Single and double quotes (@samp{'} and @samp{"})
6902
6903@item Backslash (@samp{\})
6904@end itemize
6905
6906The exact way @command{tar} uses to quote these characters depends on
6907the @dfn{quoting style}.  The default quoting style, called
6908@dfn{escape} (see below), uses backslash notation to represent control
6909characters, space and backslash.  Using this quoting style, control
6910characters are represented as listed in column @samp{Character} in the
6911above table, a space is printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}.
6912
6913@GNUTAR{} offers seven distinct quoting styles, which can be selected
6914using @option{--quoting-style} option:
6915
6916@table @option
6917@item --quoting-style=@var{style}
6918@opindex quoting-style
6919
6920Sets quoting style.  Valid values for @var{style} argument are:
6921literal, shell, shell-always, c, escape, locale, clocale.
6922@end table
6923
6924These styles are described in detail below.  To illustrate their
6925effect, we will use an imaginary tar archive @file{arch.tar}
6926containing the following members:
6927
6928@smallexample
6929@group
6930# 1. Contains horizontal tabulation character.
6931a       tab
6932# 2. Contains newline character
6933a
6934newline
6935# 3. Contains a space
6936a space
6937# 4. Contains double quotes
6938a"double"quote
6939# 5. Contains single quotes
6940a'single'quote
6941# 6. Contains a backslash character:
6942a\backslash
6943@end group
6944@end smallexample
6945
6946Here is how usual @command{ls} command would have listed them, if they
6947had existed in the current working directory:
6948
6949@smallexample
6950@group
6951$ @kbd{ls}
6952a\ttab
6953a\nnewline
6954a\ space
6955a"double"quote
6956a'single'quote
6957a\\backslash
6958@end group
6959@end smallexample
6960
6961Quoting styles:
6962
6963@table @samp
6964@item literal
6965No quoting, display each character as is:
6966
6967@smallexample
6968@group
6969$ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=literal}
6970./
6971./a space
6972./a'single'quote
6973./a"double"quote
6974./a\backslash
6975./a	tab
6976./a
6977newline
6978@end group
6979@end smallexample
6980
6981@item shell
6982Display characters the same way Bourne shell does:
6983control characters, except @samp{\t} and @samp{\n}, are printed using
6984backslash escapes, @samp{\t} and @samp{\n} are printed as is, and a
6985single quote is printed as @samp{\'}.  If a name contains any quoted
6986characters, it is enclosed in single quotes.  In particular, if a name
6987contains single quotes, it is printed as several single-quoted strings:
6988
6989@smallexample
6990@group
6991$ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell}
6992./
6993'./a space'
6994'./a'\''single'\''quote'
6995'./a"double"quote'
6996'./a\backslash'
6997'./a	tab'
6998'./a
6999newline'
7000@end group
7001@end smallexample
7002
7003@item shell-always
7004Same as @samp{shell}, but the names are always enclosed in single
7005quotes:
7006
7007@smallexample
7008@group
7009$ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell-always}
7010'./'
7011'./a space'
7012'./a'\''single'\''quote'
7013'./a"double"quote'
7014'./a\backslash'
7015'./a	tab'
7016'./a
7017newline'
7018@end group
7019@end smallexample
7020
7021@item c
7022Use the notation of the C programming language.  All names are
7023enclosed in double quotes.  Control characters are quoted using
7024backslash notations, double quotes are represented as @samp{\"},
7025backslash characters are represented as @samp{\\}.  Single quotes and
7026spaces are not quoted:
7027
7028@smallexample
7029@group
7030$ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=c}
7031"./"
7032"./a space"
7033"./a'single'quote"
7034"./a\"double\"quote"
7035"./a\\backslash"
7036"./a\ttab"
7037"./a\nnewline"
7038@end group
7039@end smallexample
7040
7041@item escape
7042Control characters are printed using backslash notation, a space is
7043printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}.  This is the
7044default quoting style, unless it was changed when configured the
7045package.
7046
7047@smallexample
7048@group
7049$ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape}
7050./
7051./a space
7052./a'single'quote
7053./a"double"quote
7054./a\\backslash
7055./a\ttab
7056./a\nnewline
7057@end group
7058@end smallexample
7059
7060@item locale
7061Control characters, single quote and backslash are printed using
7062backslash notation.  All names are quoted using left and right
7063quotation marks, appropriate to the current locale.  If it does not
7064define quotation marks, use @samp{`} as left and @samp{'} as right
7065quotation marks.  Any occurrences of the right quotation mark in a
7066name are escaped with @samp{\}, for example:
7067
7068For example:
7069
7070@smallexample
7071@group
7072$ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=locale}
7073`./'
7074`./a space'
7075`./a\'single\'quote'
7076`./a"double"quote'
7077`./a\\backslash'
7078`./a\ttab'
7079`./a\nnewline'
7080@end group
7081@end smallexample
7082
7083@item clocale
7084Same as @samp{locale}, but @samp{"} is used for both left and right
7085quotation marks, if not provided by the currently selected locale:
7086
7087@smallexample
7088@group
7089$ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=clocale}
7090"./"
7091"./a space"
7092"./a'single'quote"
7093"./a\"double\"quote"
7094"./a\\backslash"
7095"./a\ttab"
7096"./a\nnewline"
7097@end group
7098@end smallexample
7099@end table
7100
7101You can specify which characters should be quoted in addition to those
7102implied by the current quoting style:
7103
7104@table @option
7105@item --quote-chars=@var{string}
7106Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
7107quoting style would not quote them.
7108@end table
7109
7110For example, using @samp{escape} quoting (compare with the usual
7111escape listing above):
7112
7113@smallexample
7114@group
7115$ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape --quote-chars=' "'}
7116./
7117./a\ space
7118./a'single'quote
7119./a\"double\"quote
7120./a\\backslash
7121./a\ttab
7122./a\nnewline
7123@end group
7124@end smallexample
7125
7126To disable quoting of such additional characters, use the following
7127option:
7128
7129@table @option
7130@item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
7131Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
7132characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option.
7133@end table
7134
7135This option is particularly useful if you have added
7136@option{--quote-chars} to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS})
7137and wish to disable it for the current invocation.
7138
7139Note, that @option{--no-quote-chars} does @emph{not} disable those
7140characters that are quoted by default in the selected quoting style.
7141
7142@node transform
7143@section Modifying File and Member Names
7144
7145@command{Tar} archives contain detailed information about files stored
7146in them and full file names are part of that information.  When
7147storing file to an archive, its file name is recorded in the archive
7148along with the actual file contents.  When restoring from an archive,
7149a file is created on disk with exactly the same name as that stored
7150in the archive.  In the majority of cases this is the desired behavior
7151of a file archiver.  However, there are some cases when it is not.
7152
7153First of all, it is often unsafe to extract archive members with
7154absolute file names or those that begin with a @file{../}.  @GNUTAR{}
7155takes special precautions when extracting such names and provides a
7156special option for handling them, which is described in
7157@ref{absolute}.
7158
7159Secondly, you may wish to extract file names without some leading
7160directory components, or with otherwise modified names.  In other
7161cases it is desirable to store files under differing names in the
7162archive.
7163
7164@GNUTAR{} provides two options for these needs.
7165
7166@table @option
7167@opindex strip-components
7168@item --strip-components=@var{number}
7169Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
7170extraction.
7171@end table
7172
7173For example, suppose you have archived whole @file{/usr} hierarchy to
7174a tar archive named @file{usr.tar}.  Among other files, this archive
7175contains @file{usr/include/stdlib.h}, which you wish to extract to
7176the current working directory.  To do so, you type:
7177
7178@smallexample
7179$ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
7180@end smallexample
7181
7182The option @option{--strip=2} instructs @command{tar} to strip the
7183two leading components (@file{usr/} and @file{include/}) off the file
7184name.
7185
7186If you add to the above invocation @option{--verbose} (@option{-v})
7187option, you will note that the verbose listing still contains the
7188full file name, with the two removed components still in place.  This
7189can be inconvenient, so @command{tar} provides a special option for
7190altering this behavior:
7191
7192@anchor{show-transformed-names}
7193@table @option
7194@opindex show-transformed-names
7195@item --show-transformed-names
7196Display file or member names with all requested transformations
7197applied.
7198@end table
7199
7200@noindent
7201For example:
7202
7203@smallexample
7204@group
7205$ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
7206usr/include/stdlib.h
7207$ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 --show-transformed usr/include/stdlib.h}
7208stdlib.h
7209@end group
7210@end smallexample
7211
7212Notice that in both cases the file is @file{stdlib.h} extracted to the
7213current working directory, @option{--show-transformed-names} affects
7214only the way its name is displayed.
7215
7216This option is especially useful for verifying whether the invocation
7217will have the desired effect.  Thus, before running
7218
7219@smallexample
7220$ @kbd{tar -x --strip=@var{n}}
7221@end smallexample
7222
7223@noindent
7224it is often advisable to run
7225
7226@smallexample
7227$ @kbd{tar -t -v --show-transformed --strip=@var{n}}
7228@end smallexample
7229
7230@noindent
7231to make sure the command will produce the intended results.
7232
7233In case you need to apply more complex modifications to the file name,
7234@GNUTAR{} provides a general-purpose transformation option:
7235
7236@table @option
7237@opindex transform
7238@item --transform=@var{expression}
7239Modify file names using supplied @var{expression}.
7240@end table
7241
7242@noindent
7243The @var{expression} is a @command{sed}-like replace expression of the
7244form:
7245
7246@smallexample
7247s/@var{regexp}/@var{replace}/[@var{flags}]
7248@end smallexample
7249
7250@noindent
7251where @var{regexp} is a @dfn{regular expression}, @var{replace} is a
7252replacement for each file name part that matches @var{regexp}.  Both
7253@var{regexp} and @var{replace} are described in detail in
7254@ref{The "s" Command, The "s" Command, The `s' Command, sed, GNU sed}.
7255
7256Supported @var{flags} are:
7257
7258@table @samp
7259@item g
7260Apply the replacement to @emph{all} matches to the @var{regexp}, not
7261just the first.
7262
7263@item i
7264Use case-insensitive matching
7265
7266@item x
7267@var{regexp} is an @dfn{extended regular expression} (@pxref{Extended
7268regexps, Extended regular expressions, Extended regular expressions,
7269sed, GNU sed}).
7270
7271@item @var{number}
7272Only replace the @var{number}th match of the @var{regexp}.
7273
7274Note: the @var{posix} standard does not specify what should happen
7275when you mix the @samp{g} and @var{number} modifiers.  @GNUTAR{}
7276follows the GNU @command{sed} implementation in this regard, so
7277the interaction is defined to be: ignore matches before the
7278@var{number}th, and then match and replace all matches from the
7279@var{number}th on.
7280
7281@end table
7282
7283Any delimiter can be used in lieue of @samp{/}, the only requirement being
7284that it be used consistently throughout the expression. For example,
7285the following two expressions are equivalent:
7286
7287@smallexample
7288@group
7289s/one/two/
7290s,one,two,
7291@end group
7292@end smallexample
7293
7294Changing delimiters is often useful when the @var{regex} contains
7295slashes.  For example, it is more convenient to write @code{s,/,-,} than
7296@code{s/\//-/}.
7297
7298Here are several examples of @option{--transform} usage:
7299
7300@enumerate
7301@item Extract @file{usr/} hierarchy into @file{usr/local/}:
7302
7303@smallexample
7304$ @kbd{tar --transform='s,usr/,usr/local/,' -x -f arch.tar}
7305@end smallexample
7306
7307@item Strip two leading directory components (equivalent to
7308@option{--strip-components=2}):
7309
7310@smallexample
7311$ @kbd{tar --transform='s,/*[^/]*/[^/]*/,,' -x -f arch.tar}
7312@end smallexample
7313
7314@item Prepend @file{/prefix/}  to each file name:
7315
7316@smallexample
7317$ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/prefix/,' -x -f arch.tar}
7318@end smallexample
7319
7320@item Convert each file name to lower case:
7321
7322@smallexample
7323$ @kbd{tar --transform 's/.*/\L&/' -x -f arch.tar}
7324@end smallexample
7325
7326@end enumerate
7327
7328Unlike @option{--strip-components}, @option{--transform} can be used
7329in any @GNUTAR{} operation mode.  For example, the following command
7330adds files to the archive while replacing the leading @file{usr/}
7331component with @file{var/}:
7332
7333@smallexample
7334$ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' /}
7335@end smallexample
7336
7337To test @option{--transform} effect we suggest using
7338@option{--show-transformed-names} option:
7339
7340@smallexample
7341$ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' \
7342       --verbose --show-transformed-names /}
7343@end smallexample
7344
7345If both @option{--strip-components} and @option{--transform} are used
7346together, then @option{--transform} is applied first, and the required
7347number of components is then stripped from its result.
7348
7349@node after
7350@section Operating Only on New Files
7351@UNREVISED
7352
7353@cindex Excluding file by age
7354@cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
7355@cindex Modification time, excluding files by
7356@cindex Age, excluding files by
7357The @option{--after-date=@var{date}} (@option{--newer=@var{date}},
7358@option{-N @var{date}}) option causes @command{tar} to only work on
7359files whose data modification or status change times are newer than
7360the @var{date} given.  If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.},
7361it is taken to be a file name; the data modification time of that file
7362is used as the date. If you use this option when creating or appending
7363to an archive, the archive will only include new files.  If you use
7364@option{--after-date} when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will
7365only extract files newer than the @var{date} you specify.
7366
7367If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
7368modification of the file's data (rather than status
7369changes), then use the @option{--newer-mtime=@var{date}} option.
7370
7371You may use these options with any operation.  Note that these options
7372differ from the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation in that they
7373allow you to specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can
7374compare when deciding whether or not to archive the files.
7375
7376@table @option
7377@opindex after-date
7378@opindex newer
7379@item --after-date=@var{date}
7380@itemx --newer=@var{date}
7381@itemx -N @var{date}
7382Only store files newer than @var{date}.
7383
7384Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
7385later than @var{date}.  Use in conjunction with any operation.
7386
7387If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
7388name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
7389
7390@opindex newer-mtime
7391@item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
7392Acts like @option{--after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
7393@end table
7394
7395These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
7396been modified after the date specified.  A file's status is considered to have
7397changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
7398permissions, and so forth, have been changed.  (For more information on
7399how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
7400entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
7401
7402Gurus would say that @option{--after-date} tests both the data
7403modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
7404were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
7405the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
7406fields, while @option{--newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
7407field.
7408
7409To be precise, @option{--after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
7410@code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
7411@var{date}, while @option{--newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
7412disregards @code{ctime}.  Neither does it use @code{atime} (the last time the
7413contents of the file were looked at).
7414
7415Date specifiers can have embedded spaces.  Because of this, you may need
7416to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
7417arguments.  For example, the following command will add to the archive
7418all the files modified less than two days ago:
7419
7420@smallexample
7421$ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar --newer-mtime '2 days ago'}
7422@end smallexample
7423
7424When any of these options is used with the option @option{--verbose}
7425(@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{} will try to convert the specified
7426date back to its textual representation and compare that with the
7427one given with the option.  If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
7428print a warning saying what date it will use.  This is to help user
7429ensure he is using the right date.  For example:
7430
7431@smallexample
7432@group
7433$ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --after-date='10 days ago' .}
7434tar: Option --after-date: Treating date `10 days ago' as 2006-06-11
743513:19:37.232434
7436@end group
7437@end smallexample
7438
7439@quotation
7440@strong{Please Note:} @option{--after-date} and @option{--newer-mtime}
7441should not be used for incremental backups.  @xref{Incremental Dumps},
7442for proper way of creating incremental backups.
7443@end quotation
7444
7445@node recurse
7446@section Descending into Directories
7447@UNREVISED
7448@cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
7449@cindex Descending directories, avoiding
7450@cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
7451@cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
7452
7453@FIXME{arrggh!  this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
7454
7455Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
7456those given on the command line or through the @option{--files-from}
7457option) for the various files they contain.  However, you may not always
7458want @command{tar} to act this way.
7459
7460@opindex no-recursion
7461The @option{--no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
7462into specified directories.  If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
7463use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
7464construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
7465@command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
7466archive; see @ref{files}, for more information on using @command{find} with
7467@command{tar}, or look.
7468
7469@table @option
7470@item --no-recursion
7471Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
7472
7473@opindex recursion
7474@item --recursion
7475Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
7476This is the default.
7477@end table
7478
7479When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
7480directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
7481recursively.  Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
7482want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
7483descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{-not -type d}}
7484test in their @command{find} invocation (@pxref{Type, Type, Type test,
7485find, Finding Files}), as they usually do not want all the files in a
7486directory. They then use the @option{--files-from} option to archive
7487the files located via @command{find}.
7488
7489The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
7490directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
7491@option{--same-permissions} (@option{--preserve-permissions},
7492@option{-p}) option does not affect them---while users might really
7493like it to.  Specifying @option{--no-recursion} is a way to tell
7494@command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
7495no new files on its own.  To summarize, if you use @command{find} to
7496create a list of files to be stored in an archive, use it as follows:
7497
7498@smallexample
7499@group
7500$ @kbd{find @var{dir} @var{tests} | \
7501  tar -cf @var{archive} -T - --no-recursion}
7502@end group
7503@end smallexample
7504
7505The @option{--no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
7506causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
7507the files under those directories.
7508
7509The @option{--no-recursion} option also affects how globbing patterns
7510are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching}).
7511
7512The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
7513later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
7514of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}.  For example:
7515
7516@smallexample
7517$ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --no-recursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
7518@end smallexample
7519
7520@noindent
7521creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
7522contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
7523other than @file{grape/concord}.
7524
7525@node one
7526@section Crossing File System Boundaries
7527@cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
7528@UNREVISED
7529
7530@command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
7531order to archive files which are part of a directory tree.  You can
7532change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
7533@option{--one-file-system}.  This option only affects files that are
7534archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
7535@command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
7536or through @option{--files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
7537
7538@table @option
7539@opindex one-file-system
7540@item --one-file-system
7541Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
7542archiving.  Use in conjunction with any write operation.
7543@end table
7544
7545The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
7546normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories.  If a file in
7547a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
7548@command{tar} will not archive that file.  If the file is a directory
7549itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
7550@command{tar} will not cross mount points.
7551
7552This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
7553a file system.  If this option is used in conjunction with
7554@option{--verbose} (@option{-v}), files that are excluded are
7555mentioned by name on the standard error.
7556
7557@menu
7558* directory::                   Changing Directory
7559* absolute::                    Absolute File Names
7560@end menu
7561
7562@node directory
7563@subsection Changing the Working Directory
7564
7565@FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
7566things around some.}
7567
7568@cindex Changing directory mid-stream
7569@cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
7570@cindex Working directory, specifying
7571To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
7572either on the command line or in a file specified using
7573@option{--files-from} (@option{-T}), use @option{--directory} (@option{-C}).
7574This will change the working directory to the specified directory
7575after that point in the list.
7576
7577@table @option
7578@opindex directory
7579@item --directory=@var{directory}
7580@itemx -C @var{directory}
7581Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
7582@end table
7583
7584For example,
7585
7586@smallexample
7587$ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
7588@end smallexample
7589
7590@noindent
7591will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
7592directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
7593@file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}.  This option is especially
7594useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
7595store in the same archive.
7596
7597Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
7598precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}.  Thus, the
7599archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
7600same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
7601--extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
7602
7603Contrast this with the command,
7604
7605@smallexample
7606$ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
7607@end smallexample
7608
7609@noindent
7610which records the third file in the archive under the name
7611@file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
7612@samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
7613named @file{orange-colored}.
7614
7615You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
7616independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
7617The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
7618@file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
7619@file{foo.tar}:
7620
7621@smallexample
7622$ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
7623@end smallexample
7624
7625@noindent
7626However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
7627on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
7628They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
7629directories where those files were located.
7630
7631Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively.  If
7632@option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
7633relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
7634the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
7635@option{--directory} option.
7636
7637When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
7638@command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list.  Notice,
7639however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
7640separated by whitespace.  If you use short option, its argument must
7641either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
7642whitespace, or occupy the next line.  Otherwise, if you use long
7643option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
7644
7645For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
7646
7647@smallexample
7648@group
7649-C/etc
7650passwd
7651hosts
7652--directory=/lib
7653libc.a
7654@end group
7655@end smallexample
7656
7657@noindent
7658To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
7659
7660@smallexample
7661$ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
7662@end smallexample
7663
7664The interpretation of @option{--directory} is disabled by
7665@option{--null} option.
7666
7667@node absolute
7668@subsection Absolute File Names
7669@UNREVISED
7670
7671@table @option
7672@opindex absolute-names
7673@item --absolute-names
7674@itemx -P
7675Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
7676containing a @file{..} file name component.
7677@end table
7678
7679By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
7680input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
7681component.  This option turns off this behavior.
7682
7683When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
7684leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name.  This causes absolute
7685member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names.  This
7686allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
7687being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
7688in the archive.  For example, if the archive member has the name
7689@file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
7690really @file{etc/passwd}.
7691
7692File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
7693@command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
7694archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
7695
7696Other @command{tar} programs do not do this.  As a result, if you
7697create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
7698difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
7699program to use.  Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
7700leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
7701archive.  For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
7702@file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
7703be @file{bin/ls}.@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
7704@option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
7705is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
7706@kbd{tar --list} command.  This may be important if you use some
7707scripts for comparing both outputs.  @xref{listing member and file names},
7708for the information on how to handle this case.}
7709
7710If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
7711@command{tar} will do none of these transformations.
7712
7713To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
7714the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option.
7715
7716Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
7717directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
7718ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
7719
7720When you specify @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
7721@command{tar} stores file names including all superior directory
7722names, and preserves leading slashes.  If you only invoked
7723@command{tar} from the root directory you would never need the
7724@option{--absolute-names} option, but using this option
7725may be more convenient than switching to root.
7726
7727@FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
7728to transfer files between systems.}
7729
7730@FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
7731
7732@table @option
7733@item --absolute-names
7734Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
7735archiving files.  Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
7736
7737@end table
7738
7739@FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
7740
7741@command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
7742file names.  This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
7743invocation.  It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
7744what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
7745
7746Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message.  Wanting to
7747play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
7748error to the sink.  For example, under @command{sh}:
7749
7750@smallexample
7751$ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
7752@end smallexample
7753
7754@noindent
7755Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
7756the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
7757For example:
7758
7759@smallexample
7760$ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
7761# @i{or}:
7762$ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C  / home}
7763@end smallexample
7764
7765@include getdate.texi
7766
7767@node Formats
7768@chapter Controlling the Archive Format
7769
7770@cindex Tar archive formats
7771Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
7772All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
7773differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
7774
7775GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
7776The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
7777
7778@table @asis
7779@item gnu
7780Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25.  This format derived
7781from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
7782sparse file handling and incremental archives.  Unfortunately these
7783features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
7784formats.
7785
7786Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold file names of unlimited
7787length.
7788
7789@item oldgnu
7790Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
7791
7792@item v7
7793Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar.  This
7794format imposes a number of limitations.  The most important of them
7795are:
7796
7797@enumerate
7798@item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
7799@item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
7800@item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
7801devices, fifos etc.)
7802@item Maximum value of user or group @acronym{ID} is limited to 2097151 (7777777
7803octal)
7804@item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
7805and group name of the file owner).
7806@end enumerate
7807
7808This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
7809Makefiles.  This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
7810however this means that projects containing file names more than 99
7811characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
7812Automake prior to 1.9.
7813
7814@item ustar
7815Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification.  It stores
7816symbolic ownership information.  It is also able to store
7817special files.  However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
7818
7819@enumerate
7820@item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
7821provided that the file name can be split at a directory separator in
7822two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long.  So, in most
7823cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
7824characters.
7825@item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
7826100 characters.
7827@item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accommodate
7828is 8GB
7829@item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
7830@item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
7831@end enumerate
7832
7833@item star
7834Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
7835implementation.  @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
7836currently does not produce them.
7837
7838@item posix
7839Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification.  This is the
7840most flexible and feature-rich format.  It does not impose any
7841restrictions on file sizes or file name lengths.  This format is quite
7842recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
7843However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
7844implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
7845most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
7846additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
7847case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
7848
7849This archive format will be the default format for future versions
7850of @GNUTAR{}.
7851
7852@end table
7853
7854The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
7855formats:
7856
7857@multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
7858@headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab File Name @tab Devn
7859@item gnu    @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
7860@item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
7861@item v7     @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
7862@item ustar  @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
7863@item posix  @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
7864@end multitable
7865
7866The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
7867time.  You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
7868the last lines of its output.  Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
7869to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
7870switch to @samp{posix}.
7871
7872@menu
7873* Compression::                 Using Less Space through Compression
7874* Attributes::                  Handling File Attributes
7875* Portability::                 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
7876* cpio::                        Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7877@end menu
7878
7879@node Compression
7880@section Using Less Space through Compression
7881
7882@menu
7883* gzip::                        Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
7884* sparse::                      Archiving Sparse Files
7885@end menu
7886
7887@node gzip
7888@subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
7889@cindex Compressed archives
7890@cindex Storing archives in compressed format
7891
7892@GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives.  It supports
7893@command{gzip} and @command{bzip2} compression programs.  For backward
7894compatibility, it also supports @command{compress} command, although
7895we strongly recommend against using it, since there is a patent
7896covering the algorithm it uses and you could be sued for patent
7897infringement merely by running @command{compress}!  Besides, it is less
7898effective than @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2}.
7899
7900Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
7901@dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
7902commands.  The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
7903create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
7904(@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive, and
7905@option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
7906For example:
7907
7908@smallexample
7909$ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
7910@end smallexample
7911
7912Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
7913any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
7914automatically.  Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
7915archive created in previous example:
7916
7917@smallexample
7918# List the compressed archive
7919$ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
7920# Extract the compressed archive
7921$ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
7922@end smallexample
7923
7924The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
7925reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
7926that does not support random access.  However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
7927will indicate which option you should use.  For example:
7928
7929@smallexample
7930$ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
7931tar: Archive is compressed.  Use -z option
7932tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
7933@end smallexample
7934
7935If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
7936invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
7937
7938@smallexample
7939$ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
7940@end smallexample
7941
7942Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
7943compressed archives.  First of all, compressed archives cannot be
7944modified, i.e., you cannot update (@option{--update} (@option{-u})) them or delete
7945(@option{--delete}) members from them.  Likewise, you cannot append
7946another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
7947@option{--append} (@option{-r})).  Secondly, multi-volume archives cannot be
7948compressed.
7949
7950The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
7951
7952@table @option
7953@opindex gzip
7954@opindex ungzip
7955@item -z
7956@itemx --gzip
7957@itemx --ungzip
7958Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
7959
7960You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
7961(tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
7962to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
7963of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
7964size.  The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
7965override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
7966
7967@smallexample
7968$ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
7969@end smallexample
7970
7971@noindent
7972Another way would be to avoid the @option{--gzip} (@option{--gunzip}, @option{--ungzip}, @option{-z}) option and run
7973@command{gzip} explicitly:
7974
7975@smallexample
7976$ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
7977@end smallexample
7978
7979@cindex corrupted archives
7980About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
7981redundancy, for maximum compression.  The adaptive nature of the
7982compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
7983spread all over the archive.  If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
7984construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
7985is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
7986
7987There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
7988compression in @GNUTAR{}.  This would allow for viewing the
7989contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
7990every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives.  Doing so, we might
7991lose some compressibility.  But this would have make recovering easier.
7992So, there are pros and cons.  We'll see!
7993
7994@opindex bzip2
7995@item -j
7996@itemx --bzip2
7997Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}.  Otherwise like @option{--gzip}.
7998
7999@opindex compress
8000@opindex uncompress
8001@item -Z
8002@itemx --compress
8003@itemx --uncompress
8004Filter the archive through @command{compress}.  Otherwise like @option{--gzip}.
8005
8006The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
8007@command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
8008uses.  You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
8009@command{compress}.
8010
8011@opindex use-compress-program
8012@item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
8013Use external compression program @var{prog}.  Use this option if you
8014have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support.  There
8015are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
8016
8017First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
8018input, compress it and output it on standard output.
8019
8020Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
8021the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the standard input
8022and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
8023@end table
8024
8025@cindex gpg, using with tar
8026@cindex gnupg, using with tar
8027@cindex Using encrypted archives
8028The @option{--use-compress-program} option, in particular, lets you
8029implement your own filters, not necessarily dealing with
8030compression/decompression.  For example, suppose you wish to implement
8031PGP encryption on top of compression, using @command{gpg} (@pxref{Top,
8032gpg, gpg ---- encryption and signing tool, gpg, GNU Privacy Guard
8033Manual}).  The following script does that:
8034
8035@smallexample
8036@group
8037#! /bin/sh
8038case $1 in
8039-d) gpg --decrypt - | gzip -d -c;;
8040'') gzip -c | gpg -s ;;
8041*)  echo "Unknown option $1">&2; exit 1;;
8042esac
8043@end group
8044@end smallexample
8045
8046Suppose you name it @file{gpgz} and save it somewhere in your
8047@env{PATH}.  Then the following command will create a compressed
8048archive signed with your private key:
8049
8050@smallexample
8051$ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar.gpgz --use-compress=gpgz .}
8052@end smallexample
8053
8054@noindent
8055Likewise, the following command will list its contents:
8056
8057@smallexample
8058$ @kbd{tar -tf foo.tar.gpgz --use-compress=gpgz .}
8059@end smallexample
8060
8061@ignore
8062The above is based on the following discussion:
8063
8064     I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
8065     to do it now.  I would like to use @option{--gzip}, but I'd also like
8066     the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
8067     @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
8068     to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
8069     It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
8070     exactly how to go about it.  Of course, I can pipe the standard output
8071     of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
8072     haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
8073     @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
8074
8075     I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
8076     general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
8077     so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
8078     with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
8079     choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
8080
8081     By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
8082     deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
8083     that capability.  Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
8084     get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
8085     utilities like that?  (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
8086
8087  Isn't that exactly the role of the
8088  @option{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}} option?
8089  I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
8090  @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
8091  way you want.  It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
8092  extraction is needed rather than creation.
8093
8094  It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
8095  @option{--gzip} or @option{--compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
8096  the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
8097  end up with less space on the tape.
8098@end ignore
8099
8100@node sparse
8101@subsection Archiving Sparse Files
8102@cindex Sparse Files
8103
8104Files in the file system occasionally have @dfn{holes}.  A @dfn{hole}
8105in a file is a section of the file's contents which was never written.
8106The contents of a hole reads as all zeros.  On many operating systems,
8107actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
8108in the length of the file.  If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
8109could create an archive longer than the original.  To have @command{tar}
8110attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @option{--sparse}
8111(@option{-S}).  When you use this option, then, for any file using
8112less disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar}
8113searches the file for consecutive stretches of zeros.  It then records
8114in the archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros
8115are, and only archives the ``real contents'' of the file.  On
8116extraction (using @option{--sparse} is not needed on extraction) any
8117such files have holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros
8118were found.  Thus, if you use @option{--sparse}, @command{tar} archives
8119won't take more space than the original.
8120
8121@table @option
8122@opindex sparse
8123@item -S
8124@itemx --sparse
8125This option instructs @command{tar} to test each file for sparseness
8126before attempting to archive it.  If the file is found to be sparse it
8127is treated specially, thus allowing to decrease the amount of space
8128used by its image in the archive.
8129
8130This option is meaningful only when creating or updating archives.  It
8131has no effect on extraction.
8132@end table
8133
8134Consider using @option{--sparse} when performing file system backups,
8135to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored sparsely in the
8136system.
8137
8138Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
8139created in the future.  If you use @option{--sparse} while making file
8140system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
8141will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
8142(otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
8143hundreds of tapes).  @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
8144
8145However, be aware that @option{--sparse} option presents a serious
8146drawback.  Namely, in order to determine if the file is sparse
8147@command{tar} has to read it before trying to archive it, so in total
8148the file is read @strong{twice}.  So, always bear in mind that the
8149time needed to process all files with this option is roughly twice
8150the time needed to archive them without it.
8151@FIXME{A technical note:
8152
8153Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
8154examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
8155exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them.  The
8156only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
8157@GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
8158archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
8159otherwise.  Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
81601990-12-10:
8161
8162@quotation
8163What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
8164equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks.  @code{st_blocks} at
8165best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
8166Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
8167to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
8168no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
8169
8170I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable.  One can
8171arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
8172conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
8173get it right.
8174@end quotation
8175}
8176
8177@cindex sparse formats, defined
8178When using @samp{POSIX} archive format, @GNUTAR{} is able to store
8179sparse files using in three distinct ways, called @dfn{sparse
8180formats}.  A sparse format is identified by its @dfn{number},
8181consisting, as usual of two decimal numbers, delimited by a dot.  By
8182default, format @samp{1.0} is used.  If, for some reason, you wish to
8183use an earlier format, you can select it using
8184@option{--sparse-version} option.
8185
8186@table @option
8187@opindex sparse-version
8188@item --sparse-version=@var{version}
8189
8190Select the format to store sparse files in.  Valid @var{version} values
8191are: @samp{0.0}, @samp{0.1} and @samp{1.0}.  @xref{Sparse Formats},
8192for a detailed description of each format.
8193@end table
8194
8195Using @option{--sparse-format} option implies @option{--sparse}.
8196
8197@node Attributes
8198@section Handling File Attributes
8199@UNREVISED
8200
8201When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times.  To
8202avoid this, use the @option{--atime-preserve[=METHOD]} option, which can either
8203reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
8204place.
8205
8206Handling of file attributes
8207
8208@table @option
8209@opindex atime-preserve
8210@item --atime-preserve
8211@itemx --atime-preserve=replace
8212@itemx --atime-preserve=system
8213Preserve the access times of files that are read.  This works only for
8214files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
8215
8216@option{--atime-preserve=replace} works on most systems, but it also
8217restores the data modification time and updates the status change
8218time.  Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
8219(@pxref{Incremental Dumps}), and it can set access or data modification times
8220incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
8221running.
8222
8223@option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing the access time in
8224the first place, if the operating system supports this.
8225Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
8226or file system.  If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
8227complains right away.
8228
8229Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
8230@option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this is intended to change to
8231@option{--atime-preserve=system} when the latter is better-supported.
8232
8233@opindex touch
8234@item -m
8235@itemx --touch
8236Do not extract data modification time.
8237
8238When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
8239of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
8240instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
8241
8242This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
8243
8244@opindex same-owner
8245@item --same-owner
8246Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
8247archive.
8248
8249This is the default behavior for the superuser,
8250so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
8251is executed on those systems able to give files away.  This is
8252considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
8253makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
8254they occupy.  Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
8255files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
8256
8257When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user @acronym{ID} and user name
8258separately.  If it can't find a user name (because the user @acronym{ID} is not
8259in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one.  When restoring,
8260it tries to look the name (if one was written) up in
8261@file{/etc/passwd}.  If it fails, then it uses the user @acronym{ID} stored in
8262the archive instead.
8263
8264@opindex no-same-owner
8265@item --no-same-owner
8266@itemx -o
8267Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting.  This is the
8268default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
8269only for the superuser.
8270
8271@opindex numeric-owner
8272@item --numeric-owner
8273The @option{--numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
8274without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
8275when extracting.  It effectively disables the generation and/or use
8276of user/group name information.  This option forces extraction using
8277the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
8278
8279This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
8280an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
8281It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
8282if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
8283one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted.  This occurs,
8284for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
8285had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
8286disk into another machine to do the restore.
8287
8288The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
8289The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
8290system, unless @option{--old-archive} (@option{-o}) is used.  Numeric ids could be
8291used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
8292a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
8293and groups.  This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
8294
8295When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
8296is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
8297distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
8298files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
8299the file system.  The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
8300to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
8301files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
8302wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
8303@command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
8304everything out.  Of course, we could add a lot of options to
8305@GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
8306This is not the good way, I think.  @GNUTAR{} is
8307already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
8308gives you a great deal of control already.
8309
8310@xopindex{same-permissions, short description}
8311@xopindex{preserve-permissions, short description}
8312@item -p
8313@itemx --same-permissions
8314@itemx --preserve-permissions
8315Extract all protection information.
8316
8317This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
8318extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive.  If this option
8319is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
8320on extracted files.  This option is by default enabled when
8321@command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
8322
8323
8324This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
8325
8326@opindex preserve
8327@item --preserve
8328Same as both @option{--same-permissions} and @option{--same-order}.
8329
8330The @option{--preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
8331It is equivalent to @option{--same-permissions} plus @option{--same-order}.
8332
8333@FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option.  (Neither I.  FP.)
8334Neither do I. --Sergey}
8335
8336@end table
8337
8338@node Portability
8339@section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
8340
8341Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
8342useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
8343is more challenging than you might think.  @command{tar} archive formats
8344have been evolving since the first versions of Unix.  Many such formats
8345are around, and are not always compatible with each other.  This section
8346discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
8347archives more portable.
8348
8349One golden rule is simplicity.  For example, limit your @command{tar}
8350archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
8351other kind of special files.  Do not attempt to save sparse files or
8352contiguous files as such.  Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
8353
8354@FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
8355archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
8356
8357@menu
8358* Portable Names::              Portable Names
8359* dereference::                 Symbolic Links
8360* old::                         Old V7 Archives
8361* ustar::                       Ustar Archives
8362* gnu::                         GNU and old GNU format archives.
8363* posix::                       @acronym{POSIX} archives
8364* Checksumming::                Checksumming Problems
8365* Large or Negative Values::    Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
8366* Other Tars::                  How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
8367                                Other @command{tar} Implementations
8368@end menu
8369
8370@node Portable Names
8371@subsection Portable Names
8372
8373Use portable file and member names.  A name is portable if it contains
8374only @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
8375@samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
8376contain @samp{/-}.  Avoid deep directory nesting.  For portability to
8377old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
8378less.
8379
8380If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
8381MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
8382might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
8383further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
8384than System V's.
8385
8386@node dereference
8387@subsection Symbolic Links
8388@cindex File names, using symbolic links
8389@cindex Symbolic link as file name
8390
8391@opindex dereference
8392Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
8393block to the archive naming the target of the link.  In that way, the
8394@command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
8395@option{--dereference} (@option{-h}) is used with @option{--create} (@option{-c}), and causes
8396@command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
8397the links themselves.  When this option is used, when @command{tar}
8398encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
8399instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
8400
8401The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
8402recorded in the archive.  To record both the symbolic link name and
8403the file name in the system, archive the file under both names.  If
8404all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
8405might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
8406system.
8407
8408If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
8409the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored.  (This
8410@emph{might} be considered a bug.)
8411
8412So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
8413and use @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}): many systems do not support
8414symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
8415it contains unresolved symbolic links.
8416
8417@node old
8418@subsection Old V7 Archives
8419@cindex Format, old style
8420@cindex Old style format
8421@cindex Old style archives
8422@cindex v7 archive format
8423
8424Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
8425information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs.  To create an
8426archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
8427versions, specify the @option{--format=v7} option in
8428conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) (@command{tar} also
8429accepts @option{--portability} or @option{--old-archive} for this
8430option).  When you specify it,
8431@command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
8432contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
8433group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
8434
8435When updating an archive, do not use @option{--format=v7}
8436unless the archive was created using this option.
8437
8438In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
8439@command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
8440seldom be needed.  On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
8441able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
8442always use @option{--format=v7} for your distributions.  Notice,
8443however, that @samp{ustar} format is a better alternative, as it is
8444free from many of @samp{v7}'s drawbacks.
8445
8446@node ustar
8447@subsection Ustar Archive Format
8448
8449@cindex ustar archive format
8450Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
8451@code{ustar}.  Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
8452still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
8453description of @code{ustar} format).  Along with V7 format,
8454@code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
8455with other implementations of @command{tar}.
8456
8457To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @option{--format=ustar}
8458option in conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}).
8459
8460@node gnu
8461@subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
8462
8463@cindex GNU archive format
8464@cindex Old GNU archive format
8465@GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
8466@acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard.  @acronym{GNU} extensions to
8467@command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
8468characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
8469specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused.  Subsequent changes in
8470@acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
8471other purposes.  As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
8472incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
8473@command{tar} programs that follow it.
8474
8475In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
8476this format by default.  This will change in future releases, since
8477we plan to make @samp{POSIX} format the default.
8478
8479To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
8480@option{--format=gnu}.
8481
8482@node posix
8483@subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
8484
8485@cindex POSIX archive format
8486@cindex PAX archive format
8487Starting from version 1.14 @GNUTAR{} features full support for
8488@acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives.
8489
8490A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
8491was given @option{--format=posix} (@option{--format=pax}) option.  No
8492special option is required to read and extract from a @acronym{POSIX}
8493archive.
8494
8495@menu
8496* PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
8497@end menu
8498
8499@node PAX keywords
8500@subsubsection Controlling Extended Header Keywords
8501
8502@table @option
8503@opindex pax-option
8504@item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
8505Handle keywords in @acronym{PAX} extended headers.  This option is
8506equivalent to @option{-o} option of the @command{pax} utility.
8507@end table
8508
8509@var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
8510list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
8511the following forms:
8512
8513@table @code
8514@item delete=@var{pattern}
8515When used with one of archive-creation commands,
8516this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
8517that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
8518
8519When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
8520to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
8521header records.  In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
8522matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13
8523(@pxref{wildcards}).  For example:
8524
8525@smallexample
8526--pax-option delete=security.*
8527@end smallexample
8528
8529would suppress security-related information.
8530
8531@item exthdr.name=@var{string}
8532
8533This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
8534ustar header blocks for the extended headers.  The name is obtained
8535from @var{string} after making the following substitutions:
8536
8537@multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
8538@headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
8539@item %d @tab  The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
8540result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated file name.
8541@item %f @tab  The name of the file with the directory information
8542stripped, equivalent to the result of the @command{basename} utility
8543on the translated file name. 
8544@item %p @tab  The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
8545@item %% @tab  A @samp{%} character.
8546@end multitable
8547
8548Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
8549results.
8550
8551If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
8552will use the following default value:
8553
8554@smallexample
8555%d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
8556@end smallexample
8557
8558@item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
8559This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
8560the ustar header blocks for global extended header records.  The name
8561is obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after making
8562the following substitutions:
8563
8564@multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
8565@headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
8566@item %n @tab An integer that represents the
8567sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
8568starting at 1.
8569@item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
8570@item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
8571@end multitable
8572
8573Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined results.
8574
8575If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
8576will use the following default value:
8577
8578@smallexample
8579$TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
8580@end smallexample
8581
8582@noindent
8583where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
8584environment variable.  If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
8585uses @samp{/tmp}.
8586
8587@item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
8588When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
8589will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
8590header record.  When used with one of archive-reading commands,
8591@command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
8592pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
8593record.
8594
8595@item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
8596When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
8597will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
8598each file.  This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
8599form except that it creates no global extended header records.
8600
8601When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
8602behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
8603end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
8604file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
8605For example, in the command:
8606
8607@smallexample
8608tar --format=posix --create \
8609    --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
8610@end smallexample
8611
8612the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
8613stored in the archive.
8614@end table
8615
8616@node Checksumming
8617@subsection Checksumming Problems
8618
8619SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
8620@GNUTAR{} and containing non-@acronym{ASCII} file names, that
8621is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
8622use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
8623checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards.  On
8624reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
8625accept any.  It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
8626around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
8627non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
8628restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
8629vice versa.
8630
8631@GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
8632any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
8633wrong checksums.  @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
8634checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun.  That is to
8635say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
8636@emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
8637I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
8638archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
8639
8640The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
8641sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
8642the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
8643the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler.  So they
8644started computing checksums wrongly.  When they later realized their
8645mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
8646themselves afterwards.  Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
8647has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
8648The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format.  In any
8649case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
8650a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
8651
8652@node Large or Negative Values
8653@subsection Large or Negative Values
8654@cindex large values
8655@cindex future time stamps
8656@cindex negative time stamps
8657@UNREVISED{}
8658
8659The above sections suggest to use @samp{oldest possible} archive
8660format if in doubt.  However, sometimes it is not possible.  If you
8661attempt to archive a file whose metadata cannot be represented using
8662required format, @GNUTAR{} will print error message and ignore such a
8663file.  You will than have to switch to a format that is able to
8664handle such values.  The format summary table (@pxref{Formats}) will
8665help you to do so.
8666
8667In particular, when trying to archive files larger than 8GB or with
8668timestamps not in the range 1970-01-01 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16
866912:56:31 @sc{utc}, you will have to chose between @acronym{GNU} and
8670@acronym{POSIX} archive formats.  When considering which format to
8671choose, bear in mind that the @acronym{GNU} format uses
8672two's-complement base-256 notation to store values that do not fit
8673into standard @acronym{ustar} range.  Such archives can generally be
8674read only by a @GNUTAR{} implementation.  Moreover, they sometimes
8675cannot be correctly restored on another hosts even by @GNUTAR{}.  For
8676example, using two's complement representation for negative time
8677stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t} generates archives
8678that are not portable to hosts with differing @code{time_t}
8679representations.
8680
8681On the other hand, @acronym{POSIX} archives, generally speaking, can
8682be extracted by any tar implementation that understands older
8683@acronym{ustar} format.  The only exception are files larger than 8GB.
8684
8685@FIXME{Describe how @acronym{POSIX} archives are extracted by non
8686POSIX-aware tars.}
8687
8688@node Other Tars
8689@subsection How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
8690
8691In previous sections you became acquainted with various quirks
8692necessary to make your archives portable.  Sometimes you may need to
8693extract archives containing GNU-specific members using some
8694third-party @command{tar} implementation or an older version of
8695@GNUTAR{}.  Of course your best bet is to have @GNUTAR{} installed,
8696but if it is for some reason impossible, this section will explain
8697how to cope without it.
8698
8699When we speak about @dfn{GNU-specific} members we mean two classes of
8700them: members split between the volumes of a multi-volume archive and
8701sparse members.  You will be able to always recover such members if
8702the archive is in PAX format.  In addition split members can be
8703recovered from archives in old GNU format.  The following subsections
8704describe the required procedures in detail.
8705
8706@menu
8707* Split Recovery::       Members Split Between Volumes
8708* Sparse Recovery::      Sparse Members
8709@end menu
8710
8711@node Split Recovery
8712@subsubsection Extracting Members Split Between Volumes
8713
8714@cindex Mutli-volume archives, extracting using non-GNU tars
8715If a member is split between several volumes of an old GNU format archive
8716most third party @command{tar} implementation will fail to extract
8717it.  To extract it, use @command{tarcat} program (@pxref{Tarcat}).
8718This program is available from
8719@uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/tarcat.html, @GNUTAR{}
8720home page}.  It concatenates several archive volumes into a single
8721valid archive.  For example, if you have three volumes named from
8722@file{vol-1.tar} to @file{vol-3.tar}, you can do the following to
8723extract them using a third-party @command{tar}:
8724
8725@smallexample
8726$ @kbd{tarcat vol-1.tar vol-2.tar vol-3.tar | tar xf -}
8727@end smallexample
8728
8729@cindex Mutli-volume archives in PAX format, extracting using non-GNU tars
8730You could use this approach for most (although not all) PAX
8731format archives as well.  However, extracting split members from a PAX
8732archive is a much easier task, because PAX volumes are constructed in
8733such a way that each part of a split member is extracted to a
8734different file by @command{tar} implementations that are not aware of
8735GNU extensions.  More specifically, the very first part retains its
8736original name, and all subsequent parts are named using the pattern:
8737
8738@smallexample
8739%d/GNUFileParts.%p/%f.%n
8740@end smallexample
8741
8742@noindent
8743where symbols preceeded by @samp{%} are @dfn{macro characters} that
8744have the following meaning:
8745
8746@multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
8747@headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
8748@item %d @tab  The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
8749result of the @command{dirname} utility on its full name.
8750@item %f @tab  The file name of the file, equivalent to the result
8751of the @command{basename} utility on its full name.
8752@item %p @tab  The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process that
8753created the archive.
8754@item %n @tab  Ordinal number of this particular part.
8755@end multitable
8756
8757For example, if the file @file{var/longfile} was split during archive
8758creation between three volumes, and the creator @command{tar} process
8759had process @acronym{ID} @samp{27962}, then the member names will be:
8760
8761@smallexample
8762var/longfile
8763var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1
8764var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2
8765@end smallexample
8766
8767When you extract your archive using a third-party @command{tar}, these
8768files will be created on your disk, and the only thing you will need
8769to do to restore your file in its original form is concatenate them in
8770the proper order, for example:
8771
8772@smallexample
8773@group
8774$ @kbd{cd var}
8775$ @kbd{cat GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1 \
8776  GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2 >> longfile}
8777$ rm -f GNUFileParts.27962
8778@end group
8779@end smallexample
8780
8781Notice, that if the @command{tar} implementation you use supports PAX
8782format archives, it will probably emit warnings about unknown keywords
8783during extraction.  They will look like this:
8784
8785@smallexample
8786@group
8787Tar file too small
8788Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.filename' ignored.
8789Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.size' ignored.
8790Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.offset' ignored.
8791@end group
8792@end smallexample
8793
8794@noindent
8795You can safely ignore these warnings.
8796
8797If your @command{tar} implementation is not PAX-aware, you will get
8798more warnings and more files generated on your disk, e.g.:
8799
8800@smallexample
8801@group
8802$ @kbd{tar xf vol-1.tar}
8803var/PaxHeaders.27962/longfile: Unknown file type 'x', extracted as
8804normal file
8805Unexpected EOF in archive
8806$ @kbd{tar xf vol-2.tar}
8807tmp/GlobalHead.27962.1: Unknown file type 'g', extracted as normal file
8808GNUFileParts.27962/PaxHeaders.27962/sparsefile.1: Unknown file type
8809'x', extracted as normal file
8810@end group
8811@end smallexample
8812
8813Ignore these warnings.  The @file{PaxHeaders.*} directories created
8814will contain files with @dfn{extended header keywords} describing the
8815extracted files.  You can delete them, unless they describe sparse
8816members.  Read further to learn more about them.
8817
8818@node Sparse Recovery
8819@subsubsection Extracting Sparse Members
8820
8821@cindex sparse files, extracting with non-GNU tars
8822Any @command{tar} implementation will be able to extract sparse members from a
8823PAX archive.  However, the extracted files will be @dfn{condensed},
8824i.e., any zero blocks will be removed from them.  When we restore such
8825a condensed file to its original form, by adding zero blocks (or
8826@dfn{holes}) back to their original locations, we call this process
8827@dfn{expanding} a compressed sparse file.
8828
8829@pindex xsparse
8830To expand a file, you will need a simple auxiliary program called
8831@command{xsparse}.  It is available in source form from
8832@uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/xsparse.html, @GNUTAR{}
8833home page}.
8834
8835@cindex sparse files v.1.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
8836Let's begin with archive members in @dfn{sparse format
8837version 1.0}@footnote{@xref{PAX 1}.}, which are the easiest to expand.
8838The condensed file will contain both file map and file data, so no
8839additional data will be needed to restore it.  If the original file
8840name was @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the condensed file will be
8841named @file{@var{dir}/@/GNUSparseFile.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
8842@var{n} is a decimal number@footnote{technically speaking, @var{n} is a
8843@dfn{process @acronym{ID}} of the @command{tar} process which created the
8844archive (@pxref{PAX keywords}).}.
8845
8846To expand a version 1.0 file, run @command{xsparse} as follows:
8847
8848@smallexample
8849$ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file}}
8850@end smallexample
8851
8852@noindent
8853where @file{cond-file} is the name of the condensed file.  The utility
8854will deduce the name for the resulting expanded file using the
8855following algorithm:
8856
8857@enumerate 1
8858@item If @file{cond-file} does not contain any directories,
8859@file{../cond-file} will be used;
8860
8861@item If @file{cond-file} has the form
8862@file{@var{dir}/@var{t}/@var{name}}, where both @var{t} and @var{name}
8863are simple names, with no @samp{/} characters in them, the output file
8864name will be @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}.
8865
8866@item Otherwise, if @file{cond-file} has the form
8867@file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, the output file name will be
8868@file{@var{name}}.
8869@end enumerate
8870
8871In the unlikely case when this algorithm does not suit your needs,
8872you can explicitly specify output file name as a second argument to
8873the command:
8874
8875@smallexample
8876$ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file} @file{out-file}}
8877@end smallexample
8878
8879It is often a good idea to run @command{xsparse} in @dfn{dry run} mode
8880first.  In this mode, the command does not actually expand the file,
8881but verbosely lists all actions it would be taking to do so.  The dry
8882run mode is enabled by @option{-n} command line argument:
8883
8884@smallexample
8885@group
8886$ @kbd{xsparse -n /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
8887Reading v.1.0 sparse map
8888Expanding file `/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
8889`/home/gray/sparsefile'
8890Finished dry run
8891@end group
8892@end smallexample
8893
8894To actually expand the file, you would run:
8895
8896@smallexample
8897$ @kbd{xsparse /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
8898@end smallexample
8899
8900@noindent
8901The program behaves the same way all UNIX utilities do: it will keep
8902quiet unless it has simething important to tell you (e.g. an error
8903condition or something).  If you wish it to produce verbose output,
8904similar to that from the dry run mode, use @option{-v} option:
8905
8906@smallexample
8907@group
8908$ @kbd{xsparse -v /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
8909Reading v.1.0 sparse map
8910Expanding file `/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
8911`/home/gray/sparsefile'
8912Done
8913@end group
8914@end smallexample
8915
8916Additionally, if your @command{tar} implementation has extracted the
8917@dfn{extended headers} for this file, you can instruct @command{xstar}
8918to use them in order to verify the integrity of the expanded file.
8919The option @option{-x} sets the name of the extended header file to
8920use.  Continuing our example:
8921
8922@smallexample
8923@group
8924$ @kbd{xsparse -v -x /home/gray/PaxHeaders.6058/sparsefile \
8925  /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
8926Reading extended header file
8927Found variable GNU.sparse.major = 1
8928Found variable GNU.sparse.minor = 0
8929Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
8930Found variable GNU.sparse.realsize = 217481216
8931Reading v.1.0 sparse map
8932Expanding file `/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
8933`/home/gray/sparsefile'
8934Done
8935@end group
8936@end smallexample
8937
8938@anchor{extracting sparse v.0.x}
8939@cindex sparse files v.0.1, extracting with non-GNU tars
8940@cindex sparse files v.0.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
8941An @dfn{extended header} is a special @command{tar} archive header
8942that precedes an archive member and contains a set of
8943@dfn{variables}, describing the member properties that cannot be
8944stored in the standard @code{ustar} header.  While optional for
8945expanding sparse version 1.0 members, the use of extended headers is
8946mandatory when expanding sparse members in older sparse formats: v.0.0
8947and v.0.1 (The sparse formats are described in detail in @ref{Sparse
8948Formats}.)  So, for these formats, the question is: how to obtain
8949extended headers from the archive?
8950
8951If you use a @command{tar} implementation that does not support PAX
8952format, extended headers for each member will be extracted as a
8953separate file.  If we represent the member name as
8954@file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the extended header file will be
8955named @file{@var{dir}/@/PaxHeaders.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
8956@var{n} is an integer number.
8957
8958Things become more difficult if your @command{tar} implementation
8959does support PAX headers, because in this case you will have to
8960manually extract the headers.  We recommend the following algorithm:
8961
8962@enumerate 1
8963@item
8964Consult the documentation of your @command{tar} implementation for an
8965option that prints @dfn{block numbers} along with the archive
8966listing (analogous to @GNUTAR{}'s @option{-R} option).  For example,
8967@command{star} has @option{-block-number}.
8968
8969@item
8970Obtain verbose listing using the @samp{block number} option, and
8971find block numbers of the sparse member in question and the member
8972immediately following it.  For example, running @command{star} on our
8973archive we obtain:
8974
8975@smallexample
8976@group
8977$ @kbd{star -t -v -block-number -f arc.tar}
8978@dots{}
8979star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.size' ignored.
8980star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.numblocks' ignored.
8981star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.name' ignored.
8982star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.map' ignored.
8983block        56:  425984 -rw-r--r--  gray/users Jun 25 14:46 2006 GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile
8984block       897:   65391 -rw-r--r--  gray/users Jun 24 20:06 2006 README
8985@dots{}
8986@end group
8987@end smallexample
8988
8989@noindent
8990(as usual, ignore the warnings about unknown keywords.)
8991
8992@item
8993Let @var{size} be the size of the sparse member, @var{Bs} be its block number
8994and @var{Bn} be the block number of the next member.
8995Compute:
8996
8997@smallexample
8998@var{N} = @var{Bs} - @var{Bn} - @var{size}/512 - 2
8999@end smallexample
9000
9001@noindent
9002This number gives the size of the extended header part in tar @dfn{blocks}.
9003In our example, this formula gives: @code{897 - 56 - 425984 / 512 - 2
9004= 7}.
9005
9006@item
9007Use @command{dd} to extract the headers:
9008
9009@smallexample
9010@kbd{dd if=@var{archive} of=@var{hname} bs=512 skip=@var{Bs} count=@var{N}}
9011@end smallexample
9012
9013@noindent
9014where @var{archive} is the archive name, @var{hname} is a name of the
9015file to store the extended header in, @var{Bs} and @var{N} are
9016computed in previous steps.
9017
9018In our example, this command will be
9019
9020@smallexample
9021$ @kbd{dd if=arc.tar of=xhdr bs=512 skip=56 count=7}
9022@end smallexample
9023@end enumerate
9024
9025Finally, you can expand the condensed file, using the obtained header:
9026
9027@smallexample
9028@group
9029$ @kbd{xsparse -v -x xhdr GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
9030Reading extended header file
9031Found variable GNU.sparse.size = 217481216
9032Found variable GNU.sparse.numblocks = 208
9033Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
9034Found variable GNU.sparse.map = 0,2048,1050624,2048,@dots{}
9035Expanding file `GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile' to `sparsefile'
9036Done
9037@end group
9038@end smallexample
9039
9040@node cpio
9041@section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
9042@UNREVISED
9043
9044@FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
9045
9046The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
9047file name lengths.  The binary and old @acronym{ASCII} formats have a maximum file
9048length of 256, and the new @acronym{ASCII} and @acronym{CRC ASCII} formats have a max
9049file length of 1024.  @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
9050with arbitrary file name lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
9051may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
9052
9053@command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in @acronym{BSD};
9054@command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
9055in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
9056to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
9057Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
9058at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
9059present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
9060into a later @acronym{BSD} release---I think I gave them my changes).
9061
9062(SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
9063can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
9064probably handles symbolic links.  They may not have bothered doing
9065anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
9066
9067@command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
9068
9069@command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and @acronym{BSD} source;
9070@command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later @acronym{BSD}
9071(4.3-tahoe and later).
9072
9073@command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
9074file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the @acronym{BSD} file system);
9075@command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its ``binary''
9076format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its ``portable @acronym{ASCII}'' format,
9077they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system @acronym{ID}"
9078field of the header to make sure that the file system @acronym{ID}/i-number pairs
9079of different files were always different), and I don't know which
9080@command{cpio}s, if any, play those games.  Those that don't might get
9081confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
9082make hard links between them.
9083
9084@command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
9085one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
9086is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
9087way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
9088of the names.
9089
9090@quotation
9091What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
9092@end quotation
9093
9094See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
9095@command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
9096@command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
9097
9098@quotation
9099If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
9100at the unix scene,
9101@end quotation
9102
9103It wasn't.  @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
9104generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time.  I don't
9105know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
9106had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
9107@command{cpio} knew about it.
9108
9109On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
9110that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
9111rest of the files.
9112
9113The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
9114
9115@command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
9116to start on a record boundary.
9117
9118@quotation
9119Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
9120archives between the two of them.  (Is there any chance of recovering
9121crashed archives at all.)
9122@end quotation
9123
9124Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
9125lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
9126However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
9127search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
9128of resyncing.  However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
9129continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
9130out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
9131archive.
9132
9133@quotation
9134If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
9135at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
9136@end quotation
9137
9138Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
9139and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
9140always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
9141special files.
9142
9143You might want to look at the freely available alternatives.  The
9144major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
9145@command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
9146backwards compatibility.
9147
9148Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
9149easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
9150@acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
9151
9152@node Media
9153@chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
9154@UNREVISED
9155
9156A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
9157description.  These special cases are discussed below.
9158
9159Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives.  Since
9160the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
9161the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
9162such manipulation easier.
9163
9164Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
9165mag tapes, or floppy disks.
9166
9167The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
9168but also on how it is formatted.  A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
9169holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch.  The
9170physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
9171
9172Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
9173needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
9174Media quality does deteriorate with use, however.  Most tapes or disks
9175should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors.  EXABYTE
9176tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
9177count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
9178
9179Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
9180should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
9181Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
9182not a good idea.
9183
9184@menu
9185* Device::                      Device selection and switching
9186* Remote Tape Server::
9187* Common Problems and Solutions::
9188* Blocking::                    Blocking
9189* Many::                        Many archives on one tape
9190* Using Multiple Tapes::        Using Multiple Tapes
9191* label::                       Including a Label in the Archive
9192* verify::
9193* Write Protection::
9194@end menu
9195
9196@node Device
9197@section Device Selection and Switching
9198@UNREVISED
9199
9200@table @option
9201@item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
9202@itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
9203Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
9204@end table
9205
9206This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
9207works on.
9208
9209If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
9210input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
9211(when creating).  If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
9212archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
9213input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
9214
9215If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
9216@samp{hostname:file name}.  If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
9217sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}.  In
9218either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
9219@command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
9220machine.  If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
9221@command{rsh}.
9222Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
9223@command{/usr/libexec/rmt}.  This program is free software from the
9224University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
9225with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
9226The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
9227It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
9228your installation prefix.  This location may also be overridden at
9229runtime by using @option{rmt-command=@var{command}} option (@xref{Option Summary,
9230---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option.  @xref{Remote
9231Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
9232
9233If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
9234is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
9235used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
9236compiled).  The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
9237drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
9238
9239Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
9240standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
9241not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
9242time.  This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
9243This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
9244input and standard output for default device, if this seems
9245preferable.  Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
9246@command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
9247cartridges or diskettes.
9248
9249Some users think that using standard input and output is running
9250after trouble.  This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
9251you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
9252through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
9253of output.  We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
9254default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
9255we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable.  We could
9256of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
9257is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
9258processes to accidental destruction of real tapes.  After having seen
9259all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
9260sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
9261
9262@GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
9263suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
9264character devices.  Most probably, block devices are more efficient
9265too.  The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
9266@file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
9267
9268@table @option
9269@xopindex{force-local, short description}
9270@item --force-local
9271Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
9272
9273@opindex rsh-command
9274@item --rsh-command=@var{command}
9275Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}.  This option exists
9276so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
9277(e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
9278
9279When this command is not used, the shell command found when
9280the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead.  This is
9281the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
9282@file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
9283The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
9284variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
9285
9286@item -[0-7][lmh]
9287Specify drive and density.
9288
9289@xopindex{multi-volume, short description}
9290@item -M
9291@itemx --multi-volume
9292Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
9293
9294This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
9295that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
9296@xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
9297
9298@xopindex{tape-length, short description}
9299@item -L @var{num}
9300@itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
9301Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
9302
9303This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
9304detect end of physical tapes.  By being slightly conservative on the
9305maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
9306
9307@xopindex{info-script, short description}
9308@xopindex{new-volume-script, short description}
9309@item -F @var{file}
9310@itemx --info-script=@var{file}
9311@itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
9312Execute @file{file} at end of each tape.  This implies
9313@option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}).  @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
9314description of this option.
9315@end table
9316
9317@node Remote Tape Server
9318@section The Remote Tape Server
9319
9320@cindex remote tape drive
9321@pindex rmt
9322In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
9323uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
9324Berkeley.  The remote tape server must be installed as
9325@file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
9326want to use.  @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
9327@command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
9328using a different login name if one is supplied.
9329
9330A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided.  It is
9331Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
9332California, but can be freely distributed.  It is compiled and
9333installed by default.
9334
9335@cindex absolute file names
9336Unless you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
9337@GNUTAR{} will not allow you to create an archive that contains
9338absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
9339@command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
9340file names it stores in the archive.  It will also type a warning
9341message telling you what it is doing.
9342
9343When reading an archive that was created with a different
9344@command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
9345extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
9346the file names were not absolute.  This is an important feature.  A
9347visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
9348the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
9349and the result was that it replaced large portions of
9350our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
9351say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
9352backup tapes.
9353
9354For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
9355@GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
9356relative to the current directory.  If you want to extract the files in
9357an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
9358was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
9359from the archive, or you should either use the @option{--absolute-names}
9360option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
9361
9362@cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
9363Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
9364can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
9365when it actually failed.  This will result in the -M option not
9366working correctly.  The best workaround at the moment is to use a
9367significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
9368
9369In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
9370archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
9371written).  This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
9372disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
9373and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
9374that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
9375
9376This means that the @option{--append}, @option{--concatenate}, and
9377@option{--delete} commands will not work on any other kind of file.
9378Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which means these commands and
9379options will never be able to work on them.  These non-backspacing
9380media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
9381
9382Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
9383once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
9384
9385Archives created with the @option{--multi-volume}, @option{--label}, and
9386@option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) options may not be readable by other version
9387of @command{tar}.  In particular, restoring a file that was split over
9388a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
9389it can be done at all.  Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
9390an empty file whose name is that of the volume header.  Some versions
9391of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
9392with the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.
9393
9394@node Common Problems and Solutions
9395@section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
9396
9397@ifclear PUBLISH
9398
9399@format
9400errors from system:
9401permission denied
9402no such file or directory
9403not owner
9404
9405errors from @command{tar}:
9406directory checksum error
9407header format error
9408
9409errors from media/system:
9410i/o error
9411device busy
9412@end format
9413
9414@end ifclear
9415
9416@node Blocking
9417@section Blocking
9418@UNREVISED
9419
9420@dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
9421is also confusing to the expert reader.  On the other hand, readers
9422who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
9423the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
9424two terms in a quite consistent way.
9425
9426John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
9427@GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
9428
9429@quotation
9430The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
9431they were invented for the IBM 650 or so.  On IBM mainframes, what
9432is recorded on tape are tape blocks.  The logical organization of
9433data is into records.  There are various ways of putting records into
9434blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
9435sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
9436to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
9437@code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
9438occupy more than one block), etc.  The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
9439parameter specified this to the operating system.
9440
9441The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
9442When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
9443(@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
9444It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
9445here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
9446into the source code too.
9447@end quotation
9448
9449The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
9450to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
9451being lost.  In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
9452a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
9453bytes in length.  It is true that some disk devices have different
9454physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
9455format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
9456512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
9457The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
9458allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
9459system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
9460in @GNUTAR{}.
9461
9462The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
9463block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable.  In this manual,
9464the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
9465@emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
9466It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
9467but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
9468@dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use.  One record is made
9469up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
9470disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
9471more simply, @dfn{blocking}.  The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
9472the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
9473to the application.  The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
9474of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
9475and often refers to a line of text.  Those two last terms are unrelated
9476to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
9477
9478When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
9479in chunks known as @dfn{records}.  To change the default blocking
9480factor, use the @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
9481@var{512-size}}) option.  Each record will then be composed of
9482@var{512-size} blocks.  (Each @command{tar} block is 512 bytes.
9483@xref{Standard}.)  Each file written to the archive uses at least one
9484full record.  As a result, using a larger record size can result in
9485more wasted space for small files.  On the other hand, a larger record
9486size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
9487
9488Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
9489blocking entirely.  For these, a larger record size can still improve
9490performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
9491honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
9492honor blocking.
9493
9494When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
9495record size on itself.  When this is the case, and a non-standard
9496record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
9497print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
9498normally.  On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
9499out the record size itself.  On most of those, you can specify a
9500blocking factor (with @option{--blocking-factor}) larger than the
9501actual blocking factor, and then use the @option{--read-full-records}
9502(@option{-B}) option.  (If you specify a blocking factor with
9503@option{--blocking-factor} and don't use the
9504@option{--read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
9505attempt to figure out the recording size itself.)  On some devices,
9506you must always specify the record size exactly with
9507@option{--blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
9508figure it out.  In any case, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) before
9509doing any extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
9510correctly.
9511
9512@command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
9513putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
9514more) into each record.  @command{tar} records are all the same size;
9515at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
9516is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
9517
9518In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
9519and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20.  What the
9520@option{--blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
9521changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
952220 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
9523most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
9524stream and not waste tape.  When writing tapes for myself, some tend
9525to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
9526around one megabyte.
9527
9528If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
9529programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
9530as a limit to use in practice.  @GNUTAR{}, however,
9531will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
9532amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
9533device.
9534
9535@menu
9536* Format Variations::           Format Variations
9537* Blocking Factor::             The Blocking Factor of an Archive
9538@end menu
9539
9540@node Format Variations
9541@subsection Format Variations
9542@cindex Format Parameters
9543@cindex Format Options
9544@cindex Options, archive format specifying
9545@cindex Options, format specifying
9546@UNREVISED
9547
9548Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
9549media.  The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
9550the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
9551store the archive.
9552
9553To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
9554you can use the options described in the following sections.
9555If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
9556default parameters.  You cannot modify a compressed archive.
9557If you create an archive with the @option{--blocking-factor} option
9558specified (@pxref{Blocking Factor}), you must specify that
9559blocking-factor when operating on the archive.  @xref{Formats}, for other
9560examples of format parameter considerations.
9561
9562@node Blocking Factor
9563@subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
9564@cindex Blocking Factor
9565@cindex Record Size
9566@cindex Number of blocks per record
9567@cindex Number of bytes per record
9568@cindex Bytes per record
9569@cindex Blocks per record
9570@UNREVISED
9571
9572@opindex blocking-factor
9573The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
9574Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
9575@dfn{records}.  The number of blocks in a record (i.e., the size of a
9576record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
9577The @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
9578@var{512-size}}) option specifies the blocking factor of an archive.
9579The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e., 10240 bytes), but
9580can be specified at installation.  To find out the blocking factor of
9581an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list --file=@var{archive-name}}.
9582This may not work on some devices.
9583
9584Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
9585If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
9586(and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
9587to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps).  If you are
9588archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
9589greatly increases performance.  A smaller blocking factor, on the other
9590hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
9591of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
9592In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
9593inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
9594files you are archiving.  @xref{create}, for information on
9595writing archives.
9596
9597@FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
9598
9599Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
9600by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
9601of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
9602With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
9603only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
9604or by the amount of available virtual memory.
9605
9606Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
9607imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics.  For
9608example, this has been reported:
9609
9610@smallexample
9611Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
9612@end smallexample
9613
9614@noindent
9615In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
9616the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
9617requires an explicit specification for the block size,
9618which it cannot guess.  This yields some people to consider
9619@GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
9620@cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}.  Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
9621for example, might resolve the problem.
9622
9623If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
9624must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive.  Some
9625archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
9626reading that archive, however this is not typically the case.  Usually, you
9627can use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
9628reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
9629it would normally.  To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
9630blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
9631is), you can usually use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option while
9632specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
9633(i.e., @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
9634@xref{list}, for more information on the @option{--list} (@option{-t})
9635operation.  @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
9636
9637@table @option
9638@item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
9639@itemx -b @var{number}
9640Specifies the blocking factor of an archive.  Can be used with any
9641operation, but is usually not necessary with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9642@end table
9643
9644Device blocking
9645
9646@table @option
9647@item -b @var{blocks}
9648@itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
9649Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
9650
9651This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
9652When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
9653of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes.  This is true
9654even when the archive is compressed.  Some devices requires that all
9655write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
9656pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
9657
9658The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
9659typically 20.  Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
9660old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
9661running on old machines with small address spaces.
9662
9663With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
9664more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
9665If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
9666a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
9667number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
9668
9669When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
9670blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
9671However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
9672updating the archive.
9673
9674Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
9675If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
9676seems to disappear.  Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
9677now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
9678
9679With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
9680by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
9681the amount of available virtual memory.
9682
9683However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
9684case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
9685following conditions to be simultaneously true:
9686@itemize @bullet
9687@item
9688the archive is subject to a compression option,
9689@item
9690the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
9691redirected nor piped,
9692@item
9693the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
9694device,
9695@item
9696@option{--blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
9697invocation.
9698@end itemize
9699
9700If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
9701stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
9702Otherwise, reblocking occurs.  Here are a few other remarks on this
9703topic:
9704
9705@itemize @bullet
9706
9707@item
9708@command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
9709uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
9710the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
9711@samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression.  It would be nice if gzip was
9712silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros.  I'll ask Jean-loup
9713Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
9714
9715@item
9716@command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
9717out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
9718the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
9719recognized its end-of-file indicator.  So this bug may be safely
9720ignored.
9721
9722@item
9723@samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
9724but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
9725@command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
9726that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
9727other possible problems at decompression time.  If @command{gzip} was
9728silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
9729exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
9730
9731@item
9732@command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
9733the first null block encountered.  This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
9734@command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
9735@end itemize
9736
9737@xopindex{ignore-zeros, short description}
9738@item -i
9739@itemx --ignore-zeros
9740Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
9741
9742The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
9743of zeros in the archive.  Normally a block of zeros indicates the
9744end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
9745was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
9746allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive.  This option is not on
9747by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
9748the zeroed blocks.
9749
9750Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
9751archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
9752are stored on a single physical tape.
9753
9754@xopindex{read-full-records, short description}
9755@item -B
9756@itemx --read-full-records
9757Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2@acronym{BSD} pipes).
9758
9759If @option{--read-full-records} is used, @command{tar}
9760will not panic if an attempt to read a record from the archive does
9761not return a full record.  Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading
9762until it has obtained a full
9763record.
9764
9765This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
9766an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine.  This is
9767because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
9768much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
9769requested.  If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
9770soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
9771
9772This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
9773
9774@end table
9775
9776Tape blocking
9777
9778@FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
9779
9780@cindex blocking factor
9781@cindex tape blocking
9782
9783When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
9784selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
9785put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
9786tape gaps.  A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
9787with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
9788full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
9789When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
9790be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
9791tape motion without loosing information.
9792
9793@cindex Exabyte blocking
9794@cindex DAT blocking
9795Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
9796the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps.  But reading
9797such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
9798required to receive at once the whole record.  Further, if there is a
9799reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
9800succeed in recovering the information.  So, blocking should not be too
9801low, nor it should be too high.  @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
980220 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
9803writing to disk.  Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
9804blockings.  Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
9805We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
9806of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
9807Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
9808This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
9809tape controllers.  Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
9810Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
9811
9812So, there is no fixed rule for blocking.  But blocking at read time
9813should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time.  At one place
9814I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
9815blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
9816
9817I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
9818drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
9819the error rates observed at rewriting time.
9820
9821I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
9822@option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
9823@option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
9824
9825@node Many
9826@section Many Archives on One Tape
9827
9828@FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
9829
9830@findex ntape @r{device}
9831Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
9832entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
9833this device.  Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
9834points to the only or usual tape device of a given system.  There might
9835be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}.  The simpler
9836name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
9837having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
9838device.
9839
9840A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
9841automatically when this device is opened or closed.  Since @command{tar}
9842opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
9843means that a simple:
9844
9845@smallexample
9846$ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
9847@end smallexample
9848
9849@noindent
9850will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
9851@var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
9852making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
9853just been saved.
9854
9855@cindex tape positioning
9856So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
9857If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
9858will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device.  You
9859will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning.  Errors in
9860positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape.  Many
9861people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
9862limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
9863such errors.  Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
9864tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
9865end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
9866recovered.
9867
9868To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
9869tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
9870
9871@smallexample
9872$ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
9873$ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
9874@end smallexample
9875
9876@cindex tape marks
9877@dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
9878media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware.  These
9879marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
9880An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
9881logical end of the tape, after which no file exist.  Usually,
9882non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
9883by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
9884backspacing over one of these.  So, if you remove the tape at that time
9885from the tape drive, it is properly terminated.  But if you write
9886another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
9887erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
9888
9889So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
9890first on the same tape by issuing the command:
9891
9892@smallexample
9893$ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
9894@end smallexample
9895
9896@noindent
9897and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
9898
9899Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
9900day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
9901sessions.  In general, you must remember how many files are already
9902saved on your tape.  Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
9903that you are ready to write the 17th.  You have to take care of skipping
9904the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
9905these commands:
9906
9907@smallexample
9908$ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
9909$ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
9910$ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
9911@end smallexample
9912
9913In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
9914you should do the proper things for that as well.  @xref{Blocking}.
9915
9916@menu
9917* Tape Positioning::            Tape Positions and Tape Marks
9918* mt::                          The @command{mt} Utility
9919@end menu
9920
9921@node Tape Positioning
9922@subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
9923@UNREVISED
9924
9925Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
9926tapes can store more than one archive file.  To keep track of where
9927archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
9928end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
9929archive media.  Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
9930two at the end of all the file entries.
9931
9932If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
9933"*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
9934
9935@smallexample
9936rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
9937@end smallexample
9938
9939Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
9940head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
9941point on the tape at a time.  When you use @command{tar} to read or
9942write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
9943or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
9944regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
9945head is on.  Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
9946data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
9947Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
9948the beginning of the archive you want to read.  You can do it manually
9949via @code{mt} utility (@pxref{mt}).  The @code{restore} script does
9950that automatically (@pxref{Scripted Restoration}).
9951
9952If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
9953advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
9954over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file.  If you were
9955to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
9956following:
9957
9958@smallexample
9959rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
9960@end smallexample
9961
9962@node mt
9963@subsection The @command{mt} Utility
9964@UNREVISED
9965
9966@FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
9967should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
9968@xref{Blocking Factor}.
9969
9970You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
9971specified number of archive files on the tape.  This will allow you
9972to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
9973it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
9974@FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
9975together"?}
9976
9977The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
9978
9979@smallexample
9980@kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
9981@end smallexample
9982
9983where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
9984the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
9985and @var{operation} is one of the following:
9986
9987@FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
9988
9989@table @option
9990@item eof
9991@itemx weof
9992Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
9993
9994@item fsf
9995Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
9996
9997@item bsf
9998Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
9999
10000@item rewind
10001Rewinds the tape.  (Ignores @var{number}).
10002
10003@item offline
10004@itemx rewoff1
10005Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line.  (Ignores @var{number}).
10006
10007@item status
10008Prints status information about the tape unit.
10009
10010@end table
10011
10012@FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
10013
10014If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
10015variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} will use
10016the default device specified in your @file{sys/mtio.h} file
10017(@code{DEFTAPE} variable).  If this is not defined, the program will
10018display a descriptive error message and exit with code 1.
10019
10020@command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
10021successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
10022failed.
10023
10024@node Using Multiple Tapes
10025@section Using Multiple Tapes
10026
10027Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
10028on the actual tape you are using.  In such a case, you can run multiple
10029@command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
10030are using options like @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} or dumping entire file systems.
10031Therefore, @command{tar} provides a special mode for creating
10032multi-volume archives.
10033
10034@dfn{Multi-volume} archive is a single @command{tar} archive, stored
10035on several media volumes of fixed size.  Although in this section we will
10036often call @samp{volume} a @dfn{tape}, there is absolutely no
10037requirement for multi-volume archives to be stored on tapes.  Instead,
10038they can use whatever media type the user finds convenient, they can
10039even be located on files.
10040
10041When creating a multi-volume archive, @GNUTAR{} continues to fill
10042current volume until it runs out of space, then it switches to
10043next volume (usually the operator is queried to replace the tape on
10044this point), and continues working on the new volume.  This operation
10045continues until all requested files are dumped.  If @GNUTAR{} detects
10046end of media while dumping a file, such a file is archived in split
10047form.  Some very big files can even be split across several volumes.
10048
10049Each volume is itself a valid @GNUTAR{} archive, so it can be read
10050without any special options.  Consequently any file member residing
10051entirely on one volume can be extracted or otherwise operated upon
10052without needing the other volume.  Sure enough, to extract a split
10053member you would need all volumes its parts reside on.
10054
10055Multi-volume archives suffer from several limitations.  In particular,
10056they cannot be compressed.
10057
10058@GNUTAR{} is able to create multi-volume archives of two formats
10059(@pxref{Formats}): @samp{GNU} and @samp{POSIX}.
10060
10061@menu
10062* Multi-Volume Archives::       Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
10063* Tape Files::                  Tape Files
10064* Tarcat::                      Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
10065
10066@end menu
10067
10068@node Multi-Volume Archives
10069@subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
10070@cindex Multi-volume archives
10071
10072@opindex multi-volume
10073To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
10074the media, use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option in conjunction with
10075the @option{--create} option (@pxref{create}).  A @dfn{multi-volume}
10076archive can be manipulated like any other archive (provided the
10077@option{--multi-volume} option is specified), but is stored on more
10078than one tape or disk.
10079
10080When you specify @option{--multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
10081error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
10082the end of the media (when writing).  Instead, it prompts you to load
10083a new storage volume.  If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
10084should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
10085floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
10086
10087@table @option
10088@item --multi-volume
10089@itemx -M
10090Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
10091@option{--create} (@option{-c}).  To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
10092archive, specify @option{--multi-volume} in conjunction with that
10093operation.
10094For example:
10095
10096@smallexample
10097$ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
10098@end smallexample
10099@end table
10100
10101The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
10102fails on some operating systems or on some devices.  If @command{tar}
10103cannot detect the end of the tape itself, you can use
10104@option{--tape-length} option to inform it about the capacity of the
10105tape:
10106
10107@anchor{tape-length}
10108@table @option
10109@opindex tape-length
10110@item --tape-length=@var{size}
10111@itemx -L @var{size}
10112Set maximum length of a volume.  The @var{size} argument should then
10113be the usable size of the tape in units of 1024 bytes.  This option
10114selects @option{--multi-volume} automatically.  For example:
10115
10116@smallexample
10117$ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=41943040 --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
10118@end smallexample
10119@end table
10120
10121@anchor{change volume prompt}
10122When @GNUTAR{} comes to the end of a storage media, it asks you to
10123change the volume.  The built-in prompt for POSIX locale
10124is@footnote{If you run @GNUTAR{} under a different locale, the
10125translation to the locale's language will be used.}:
10126
10127@smallexample
10128Prepare volume #@var{n} for `@var{archive}' and hit return:
10129@end smallexample
10130
10131@noindent
10132where @var{n} is the ordinal number of the volume to be created and
10133@var{archive} is archive file or device name.
10134
10135When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
10136responses:
10137
10138@table @kbd
10139@item ?
10140Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
10141@item q
10142Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
10143@item n @var{file-name}
10144Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file-name}.
10145@item !
10146Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.  This option can be disabled
10147by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to
10148@command{tar}@footnote{@xref{--restrict}, for more information about
10149this option}.
10150@item y
10151Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
10152@end table
10153
10154(You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
10155otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
10156
10157@cindex Volume number file
10158@cindex volno file
10159@anchor{volno-file}
10160@opindex volno-file
10161The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-changing prompt
10162can be changed; if you give the
10163@option{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}} option, then
10164@var{file-of-number} should be an non-existing file to be created, or
10165else, a file already containing a decimal number.  That number will be
10166used as the volume number of the first volume written.  When
10167@command{tar} is finished, it will rewrite the file with the
10168now-current volume number. (This does not change the volume number
10169written on a tape label, as per @ref{label}, it @emph{only} affects
10170the number used in the prompt.)
10171
10172@cindex End-of-archive info script
10173@cindex Info script
10174@anchor{info-script}
10175@opindex info-script
10176@opindex new-volume-script
10177If you want more elaborate behavior than this, you can write a special
10178@dfn{new volume script}, that will be responsible for changing the
10179volume, and instruct @command{tar} to use it instead of its normal
10180prompting procedure:
10181
10182@table @option
10183@item --info-script=@var{script-name}
10184@itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-name}
10185@itemx -F @var{script-name}
10186Specify the full name of the volume script to use.  The script can be
10187used to eject cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as
10188@samp{Someone please come change my tape} when performing unattended
10189backups.
10190@end table
10191
10192The @var{script-name} is executed without any command line
10193arguments.  It inherits @command{tar}'s shell environment.
10194Additional data is passed to it via the following
10195environment variables:
10196
10197@table @env
10198@vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
10199@item TAR_VERSION
10200@GNUTAR{} version number.
10201
10202@vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
10203@item TAR_ARCHIVE
10204The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
10205
10206@vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
10207@item TAR_VOLUME
10208Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
10209
10210@vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
10211@item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
10212Short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing
10213@xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
10214
10215@vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
10216@item TAR_FORMAT
10217Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
10218list of archive format names.
10219
10220@vrindex TAR_FD, info script environment variable
10221@item TAR_FD
10222File descriptor which can be used to communicate the new volume
10223name to @command{tar}.
10224@end table
10225
10226The volume script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
10227by writing in to file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD} (see below for an example).
10228
10229If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
10230writing the next volume.
10231
10232If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
10233drives, there are three approaches to choose from.  First of all, you
10234can give @command{tar} multiple @option{--file} options.  In this case
10235the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
10236volumes of the archive.  Only when the first one in the sequence needs
10237to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
10238the info script).  For example, suppose someone has two tape drives on
10239a system named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}.  For having
10240@GNUTAR{} to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
10241second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
10242
10243@smallexample
10244$ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
10245$ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
10246@end smallexample
10247
10248The second method is to use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change
10249prompt.
10250
10251Finally, the most flexible approach is to use a volume script, that
10252writes new archive name to the file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD}.  For example, the
10253following volume script will create a series of archive files, named
10254@file{@var{archive}-@var{vol}}, where @var{archive} is the name of the
10255archive being created (as given by @option{--file} option) and
10256@var{vol} is the ordinal number of the archive being created:
10257
10258@smallexample
10259@group
10260#! /bin/sh
10261echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
10262
10263name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
10264case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
10265-c)       ;;
10266-d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
10267	  ;;
10268*)        exit 1
10269esac
10270
10271echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&$TAR_FD
10272@end group
10273@end smallexample
10274
10275The same script cant be used while listing, comparing or extracting
10276from the created archive.  For example:
10277
10278@smallexample
10279@group
10280# @r{Create a multi-volume archive:}
10281$ @kbd{tar -c -L1024 -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
10282# @r{Extract from the created archive:}
10283$ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
10284@end group
10285@end smallexample
10286
10287@noindent
10288Notice, that the first command had to use @option{-L} option, since
10289otherwise @GNUTAR{} will end up writing everything to file
10290@file{archive.tar}.
10291
10292You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
10293were an archive by itself.  For example, to list the contents of one
10294volume, use @option{--list}, without @option{--multi-volume} specified.
10295To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
10296that volume), use @option{--extract}, again without
10297@option{--multi-volume}.
10298
10299If an archive member is split across volumes (i.e., its entry begins on
10300one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
10301@option{--multi-volume} to extract it successfully.  In this case, you
10302should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
10303@samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
10304volumes as it needs them.  @xref{extracting archives}, for more
10305information about extracting archives.
10306
10307Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive.  To add
10308files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
10309volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed).  For all
10310other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
10311
10312If a multi-volume archive was labeled using
10313@option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@pxref{label}) when it was
10314created, @command{tar} will not automatically label volumes which are
10315added later.  To label subsequent volumes, specify
10316@option{--label=@var{archive-label}} again in conjunction with the
10317@option{--append}, @option{--update} or @option{--concatenate} operation.
10318
10319Notice that multi-volume support is a GNU extension and the archives
10320created in this mode should be read only using @GNUTAR{}.  If you
10321absolutely have to process such archives using a third-party @command{tar}
10322implementation, read @ref{Split Recovery}.
10323
10324@node Tape Files
10325@subsection Tape Files
10326@UNREVISED
10327
10328To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
10329@option{--label=@var{volume-label}} (@option{-V @var{volume-label}})
10330option.  This will write a special block identifying
10331@var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the
10332archive which will be displayed when the archive is listed with
10333@option{--list}.  If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
10334@option{--multi-volume} (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the
10335volume label will have @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name
10336you give, where @var{nnn} is the number of the volume of the archive.
10337(If you use the @option{--label=@var{volume-label}}) option when
10338reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the tape
10339matches the one you give. @xref{label}.
10340
10341When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
10342tape file.  If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
10343after the other, they each get written as separate tape files.  When
10344extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
10345before running @command{tar}.  To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
10346For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
10347of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
10348
10349People seem to often do:
10350
10351@smallexample
10352@kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
10353@end smallexample
10354
10355or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
10356
10357@node Tarcat
10358@subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
10359
10360@pindex tarcat
10361  Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
10362archive to a single @command{tar} archive.  Simply concatenating all
10363volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
10364information at the beginning.  @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
10365script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
10366
10367  The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
10368and creates the resulting archive at the standard output.  For example:
10369
10370@smallexample
10371@kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
10372@end smallexample
10373
10374  The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
10375the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
10376files.  However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
10377given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
10378It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
10379will usually see lots of spurious messages.
10380
10381@FIXME{The script is not installed.  Should we install it?}
10382
10383@node label
10384@section Including a Label in the Archive
10385@cindex Labeling an archive
10386@cindex Labels on the archive media
10387@cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
10388@UNREVISED
10389
10390@opindex label
10391  To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
10392media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
10393contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself.  Use the
10394@option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
10395option in conjunction with the @option{--create} operation to include
10396a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
10397
10398@table @option
10399@item --label=@var{archive-label}
10400@itemx -V @var{archive-label}
10401Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
10402the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
10403@option{--create} operation.  Checks to make sure the archive label
10404matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
10405operation.
10406@end table
10407
10408  If you create an archive using both
10409@option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
10410and @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), each volume of the archive
10411will have an archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label}
10412Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
10413next, and so on. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for information on
10414creating multiple volume archives.
10415
10416@cindex Volume label, listing
10417@cindex Listing volume label
10418  The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
10419the file contents.  If verbose display is requested, it will also be
10420explicitly marked as in the example below:
10421
10422@smallexample
10423@group
10424$ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
10425V--------- 0 0        0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
10426-rw-r--r-- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
10427@end group
10428@end smallexample
10429
10430@opindex test-label
10431@anchor{--test-label option}
10432  However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
10433contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
10434archive is stored on a tape).  You can request checking only the volume
10435by specifying @option{--test-label} option.  This option reads only the
10436first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
10437devices.  For example:
10438
10439@smallexample
10440@group
10441$ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
10442iamalabel
10443@end group
10444@end smallexample
10445
10446  If @option{--test-label} is used with a single command line
10447argument, @command{tar} compares the volume label with the
10448argument.  It exits with code 0 if the two strings match, and with code
104492 otherwise.  In this case no output is displayed.  For example:
10450
10451@smallexample
10452@group
10453$ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable'}
10454@result{} 0
10455$ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable' alabel}
10456@result{} 1
10457@end group
10458@end smallexample
10459
10460  If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
10461with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
10462the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
10463if it does not.  Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
10464overwriting existing archives.  For example, if you wish to add files
10465to @file{archive}, presumably labeled with string @samp{My volume},
10466you will get:
10467
10468@smallexample
10469@group
10470$ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
10471tar: Archive not labeled to match `My volume'
10472@end group
10473@end smallexample
10474
10475@noindent
10476in case its label does not match.  This will work even if
10477@file{archive} is not labeled at all.
10478
10479  Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
10480archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
10481specified.  In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
10482as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
10483volume label.  @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
10484is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
10485regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
10486matching, instead of wildcard matchers.  We decided for the sake of
10487simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
10488@command{tar}.}.  If the switch @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) is being used,
10489the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
10490@w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
10491up.  Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
10492creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
10493of it when the archive is being read.
10494
10495  The @option{--label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not
10496available under that name anymore.
10497
10498  You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
10499all tapes of a series.  For having this information different in each
10500series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
10501manage to get some date string as part of the label.  For example:
10502
10503@smallexample
10504@group
10505$ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
10506$ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
10507     --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
10508@end group
10509@end smallexample
10510
10511  Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
10512to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
10513often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
10514carriage return telling that the next tape is ready.  Comparing date
10515labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
10516rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
10517is usually not the case.
10518
10519@node verify
10520@section Verifying Data as It is Stored
10521@cindex Verifying a write operation
10522@cindex Double-checking a write operation
10523
10524@table @option
10525@item -W
10526@itemx --verify
10527@opindex verify, short description
10528Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
10529@end table
10530
10531This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
10532Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
10533are recorded on the standard error output.
10534
10535Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
10536This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
10537cannot be verified.
10538
10539You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
10540system with archive members.  @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
10541file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
10542operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
10543it is up to date.
10544
10545@xopindex{verify, using with @option{--create}}
10546@xopindex{create, using with @option{--verify}}
10547To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
10548written, use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option in conjunction with
10549the @option{--create} operation.  When this option is
10550specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
10551in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
10552
10553To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
10554of the last written entry.  This option is useful for detecting data
10555errors on some tapes.  Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
10556drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
10557
10558One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file
10559system by using the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d})
10560option, instead of using the more automatic @option{--verify} option.
10561@xref{compare}.
10562
10563Note that these two options have a slightly different intent.  The
10564@option{--compare} option checks how identical are the logical contents of some
10565archive with what is on your disks, while the @option{--verify} option is
10566really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
10567media itself is of dependable quality.  So, for the @option{--verify}
10568operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
10569the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
10570@option{--compare} option.  If you nevertheless use @option{--compare} for
10571media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
10572maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
10573forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
10574the same volume as the one just written or read.
10575
10576The @option{--verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
10577able to detect dependably all write failures.  This sometimes require many
10578magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred.  One would
10579not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
10580as long as programming is concerned.
10581
10582The @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option will not work in
10583conjunction with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option or
10584the @option{--append} (@option{-r}), @option{--update} (@option{-u})
10585and @option{--delete} operations.  @xref{Operations}, for more
10586information on these operations.
10587
10588Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
10589names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
10590/tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
10591@file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
10592(e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
10593
10594@node Write Protection
10595@section Write Protection
10596
10597Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
10598be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
10599Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
10600the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted.  (This will
10601protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
10602will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
10603
10604The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
10605physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
10606disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
10607which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
10608changeable feature.
10609
10610@node Changes
10611@appendix Changes
10612
10613This appendix lists some important user-visible changes between
10614version @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and previous versions. An up-to-date
10615version of this document is available at
10616@uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/manual/changes.html,the
10617@GNUTAR{} documentation page}.
10618
10619@table @asis
10620@item Use of globbing patterns when listing and extracting.
10621
10622Previous versions of GNU tar assumed shell-style globbing when
10623extracting from or listing an archive.  For example:
10624
10625@smallexample
10626$ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
10627@end smallexample
10628
10629would extract all files whose names end in @samp{.c}.  This behavior
10630was not documented and was incompatible with traditional tar
10631implementations.  Therefore, starting from version 1.15.91, GNU tar
10632no longer uses globbing by default.  For example, the above invocation
10633is now interpreted as a request to extract from the archive the file
10634named @file{*.c}.
10635
10636To facilitate transition to the new behavior for those users who got
10637used to the previous incorrect one, @command{tar} will print a warning
10638if it finds out that a requested member was not found in the archive
10639and its name looks like a globbing pattern.  For example:
10640
10641@smallexample
10642$ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar  '*.c'}
10643tar: Pattern matching characters used in file names. Please,
10644tar: use --wildcards to enable pattern matching, or --no-wildcards to
10645tar: suppress this warning.
10646tar: *.c: Not found in archive
10647tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
10648@end smallexample
10649
10650To treat member names as globbing patterns, use --wildcards option.
10651If you want to tar to mimic the behavior of versions prior to 1.15.91,
10652add this option to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable.
10653
10654@xref{wildcards}, for the detailed discussion of the use of globbing
10655patterns by @GNUTAR{}.
10656
10657@item Use of short option @option{-o}.
10658
10659Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
10660option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
10661
10662@GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
10663a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.  This is compatible with
10664UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
10665
10666However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
10667old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
10668Users are encouraged to use @option{--format=oldgnu} instead.
10669
10670It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
10671up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
10672distribution tarballs.  @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
10673of this issue and its implications.
10674
10675@FIXME{Change the first argument to tar-formats when the new Automake is
10676out. The proposition to add @anchor{} to the appropriate place of its
10677docs was accepted by Automake people  --Sergey 2006-05-25}.
10678@xref{Options, tar-v7, Changing Automake's Behavior,
10679automake, GNU Automake}, for a description on how to use various
10680archive formats with @command{automake}.
10681
10682Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
10683synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
10684
10685@item Use of short option @option{-l}
10686
10687Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
10688synonym for @option{--one-file-system}.  Since such usage contradicted
10689to UNIX98 specification and harmed compatibility with other
10690implementation, it was declared deprecated in version 1.14.  However,
10691to facilitate transition to its new semantics, it was supported by
10692versions 1.15 and 1.15.90.  The present use of @option{-l} as a short
10693variant of @option{--check-links} was introduced in version 1.15.91.
10694
10695@item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
10696
10697These options are deprecated.  Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
10698
10699@item Use of option @option{--posix}
10700
10701This option is deprecated.  Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
10702@end table
10703
10704@node Configuring Help Summary
10705@appendix Configuring Help Summary
10706
10707Running @kbd{tar --help} displays the short @command{tar} option
10708summary (@pxref{help}). This summary is organized by @dfn{groups} of
10709semantically close options. The options within each group are printed
10710in the following order: a short option, eventually followed by a list
10711of corresponding long option names, followed by a short description of
10712the option. For example, here is an excerpt from the actual @kbd{tar
10713--help} output:
10714
10715@verbatim
10716 Main operation mode:
10717
10718  -A, --catenate, --concatenate   append tar files to an archive
10719  -c, --create               create a new archive
10720  -d, --diff, --compare      find differences between archive and
10721                             file system
10722      --delete               delete from the archive
10723@end verbatim
10724
10725@vrindex ARGP_HELP_FMT, environment variable
10726The exact visual representation of the help output is configurable via
10727@env{ARGP_HELP_FMT} environment variable. The value of this variable
10728is a comma-separated list of @dfn{format variable} assignments. There
10729are two kinds of format variables. An @dfn{offset variable} keeps the
10730offset of some part of help output text from the leftmost column on
10731the screen. A @dfn{boolean} variable is a flag that toggles some
10732output feature on or off. Depending on the type of the corresponding
10733variable, there are two kinds of assignments:
10734
10735@table @asis
10736@item Offset assignment
10737
10738The assignment to an offset variable has the following syntax:
10739
10740@smallexample
10741@var{variable}=@var{value}
10742@end smallexample
10743
10744@noindent
10745where @var{variable} is the variable name, and @var{value} is a
10746numeric value to be assigned to the variable.
10747
10748@item Boolean assignment
10749
10750To assign @code{true} value to a variable, simply put this variable name. To
10751assign @code{false} value, prefix the variable name with @samp{no-}. For
10752example:
10753
10754@smallexample
10755@group
10756# Assign @code{true} value:
10757dup-args
10758# Assign @code{false} value:
10759no-dup-args
10760@end group
10761@end smallexample
10762@end table
10763
10764Following variables are declared:
10765
10766@deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args
10767If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
10768options, even when a given option has both forms, for example:
10769
10770@smallexample
10771  -f ARCHIVE, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10772@end smallexample
10773
10774If false, then if an option has both short and long forms, the
10775argument is only shown with the long one, for example:
10776
10777@smallexample
10778  -f, --file=ARCHIVE         use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10779@end smallexample
10780
10781@noindent
10782and a message indicating that the argument is applicable to both
10783forms is printed below the options. This message can be disabled
10784using @code{dup-args-note} (see below).
10785
10786The default is false.
10787@end deftypevr
10788
10789@deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args-note
10790If this variable is true, which is the default, the following notice
10791is displayed at the end of the help output:
10792
10793@quotation
10794Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or
10795optional for any corresponding short options.
10796@end quotation
10797
10798Setting @code{no-dup-args-note} inhibits this message. Normally, only one of
10799variables @code{dup-args} or @code{dup-args-note} should be set.
10800@end deftypevr
10801
10802@deftypevr {Help Output} offset short-opt-col
10803Column in which short options start. Default is 2.
10804
10805@smallexample
10806@group
10807$ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
10808  -f, --file=ARCHIVE   use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10809$ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=short-opt-col=6 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
10810      -f, --file=ARCHIVE   use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10811@end group
10812@end smallexample
10813@end deftypevr
10814
10815@deftypevr {Help Output} offset long-opt-col
10816Column in which long options start. Default is 6. For example:
10817
10818@smallexample
10819@group
10820$ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
10821  -f, --file=ARCHIVE   use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10822$ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=long-opt-col=16 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
10823  -f,           --file=ARCHIVE   use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10824@end group
10825@end smallexample
10826@end deftypevr
10827
10828@deftypevr {Help Output} offset doc-opt-col
10829Column in which @dfn{doc options} start.  A doc option isn't actually
10830an option, but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that is
10831displayed in much the same manner as the options.  For example, in
10832the description of @option{--format} option:
10833
10834@smallexample
10835@group
10836  -H, --format=FORMAT        create archive of the given format.
10837
10838 FORMAT is one of the following:
10839
10840    gnu                      GNU tar 1.13.x format
10841    oldgnu                   GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
10842    pax                      POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
10843    posix                    same as pax
10844    ustar                    POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
10845    v7                       old V7 tar format
10846@end group
10847@end smallexample
10848
10849@noindent
10850the format names are doc options. Thus, if you set
10851@kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=doc-opt-col=6} the above part of the help output
10852will look as follows:
10853
10854@smallexample
10855@group
10856  -H, --format=FORMAT        create archive of the given format.
10857
10858 FORMAT is one of the following:
10859
10860        gnu                      GNU tar 1.13.x format
10861        oldgnu                   GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
10862        pax                      POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
10863        posix                    same as pax
10864        ustar                    POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
10865        v7                       old V7 tar format
10866@end group
10867@end smallexample
10868@end deftypevr
10869
10870@deftypevr {Help Output} offset opt-doc-col
10871Column in which option description starts. Default is 29.
10872
10873@smallexample
10874@group
10875$ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
10876  -f, --file=ARCHIVE         use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10877$ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=19 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
10878  -f, --file=ARCHIVE   use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10879$ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=9 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
10880  -f, --file=ARCHIVE
10881           use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10882@end group
10883@end smallexample
10884
10885@noindent
10886Notice, that the description starts on a separate line if
10887@code{opt-doc-col} value is too small.
10888@end deftypevr
10889
10890@deftypevr {Help Output} offset header-col
10891Column in which @dfn{group headers} are printed.  A group header is a
10892descriptive text preceding an option group.  For example, in the
10893following text:
10894
10895@verbatim
10896 Main operation mode:
10897
10898  -A, --catenate, --concatenate   append tar files to
10899                             an archive
10900  -c, --create               create a new archive
10901@end verbatim
10902@noindent
10903@samp{Main operation mode:} is the group header.
10904
10905The default value is 1.
10906@end deftypevr
10907
10908@deftypevr {Help Output} offset usage-indent
10909Indentation of wrapped usage lines. Affects @option{--usage}
10910output. Default is 12.
10911@end deftypevr
10912
10913@deftypevr {Help Output} offset rmargin
10914Right margin of the text output. Used for wrapping.
10915@end deftypevr
10916
10917@node Tar Internals
10918@appendix Tar Internals
10919@include intern.texi
10920
10921@node Genfile
10922@appendix Genfile
10923@include genfile.texi
10924
10925@node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
10926@appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
10927@include freemanuals.texi
10928
10929@node Copying This Manual
10930@appendix Copying This Manual
10931
10932@menu
10933* GNU Free Documentation License::  License for copying this manual
10934@end menu
10935
10936@include fdl.texi
10937
10938@node Index of Command Line Options
10939@appendix Index of Command Line Options
10940
10941This appendix contains an index of all @GNUTAR{} long command line
10942options. The options are listed without the preceding double-dash.
10943For a cross-reference of short command line options, @ref{Short Option Summary}.
10944
10945@printindex op
10946
10947@node Index
10948@appendix Index
10949
10950@printindex cp
10951
10952@summarycontents
10953@contents
10954@bye
10955
10956@c Local variables:
10957@c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
10958@c End:
10959